View R5F21132DFP_4772411.PDF datasheet online --- IC-ON-LINE

Datasheet File OCR Text:

REJ09B0111-0120
16
R8C/13 Group
Hardware Manual
RENESAS 16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCOMPUTER M16C FAMILY/R8C/Tiny SERIES
All information contained in these materials, including products and product specifications, represents information on the product at the time of publication and is subject to change by Renesas Technology Corp. without notice. Please review the latest information published by Renesas Technology Corp. through various means, including the Renesas Technology Corp. website (http://www.renesas.com).
Rev. 1.20 Revision date: Jan 27, 2006
www.renesas.com
Keep safety first in your circuit designs!
1.
Renesas Technology Corp. puts the maximum effort into making semiconductor products better and more reliable, but there is always the possibility that trouble may occur with them. Trouble with semiconductors may lead to personal injury, fire or property damage. Remember to give due consideration to safety when making your circuit designs, with appropriate measures such as (i) placement of substitutive, auxiliary circuits, (ii) use of nonflammable material or (iii) prevention against any malfunction or mishap.
Notes regarding these materials
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6. 7.
8.
These materials are intended as a reference to assist our customers in the selection of the Renesas Technology Corp. product best suited to the customer's application; they do not convey any license under any intellectual property rights, or any other rights, belonging to Renesas Technology Corp. or a third party. Renesas Technology Corp. assumes no responsibility for any damage, or infringement of any third-party's rights, originating in the use of any product data, diagrams, charts, programs, algorithms, or circuit application examples contained in these materials. All information contained in these materials, including product data, diagrams, charts, programs and algorithms represents information on products at the time of publication of these materials, and are subject to change by Renesas Technology Corp. without notice due to product improvements or other reasons. It is therefore recommended that customers contact Renesas Technology Corp. or an authorized Renesas Technology Corp. product distributor for the latest product information before purchasing a product listed herein. The information described here may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Renesas Technology Corp. assumes no responsibility for any damage, liability, or other loss rising from these inaccuracies or errors. Please also pay attention to information published by Renesas Technology Corp. by various means, including the Renesas Technology Corp. Semiconductor home page (http:// www.renesas.com). When using any or all of the information contained in these materials, including product data, diagrams, charts, programs, and algorithms, please be sure to evaluate all information as a total system before making a final decision on the applicability of the information and products. Renesas Technology Corp. assumes no responsibility for any damage, liability or other loss resulting from the information contained herein. Renesas Technology Corp. semiconductors are not designed or manufactured for use in a device or system that is used under circumstances in which human life is potentially at stake. Please contact Renesas Technology Corp. or an authorized Renesas Technology Corp. product distributor when considering the use of a product contained herein for any specific purposes, such as apparatus or systems for transportation, vehicular, medical, aerospace, nuclear, or undersea repeater use. The prior written approval of Renesas Technology Corp. is necessary to reprint or reproduce in whole or in part these materials. If these products or technologies are subject to the Japanese export control restrictions, they must be exported under a license from the Japanese government and cannot be imported into a country other than the approved destination. Any diversion or reexport contrary to the export control laws and regulations of Japan and/ or the country of destination is prohibited. Please contact Renesas Technology Corp. for further details on these materials or the products contained therein.
How to Use This Manual
1. Introduction
This hardware manual provides detailed information on the R8C/13 Group of microcomputers. Users are expected to have basic knowledge of electric circuits, logical circuits and microcomputers.
2.
Register Diagram
The symbols, and descriptions, used for bit function in each register are shown below.
*1
XXX register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol XXX
Address XXX
After reset 00h
*5
Bit symbol
XXX0
Bit Name
XXX Bit
b1 b0
Function
1 0: XXX 0 1: XXX 1 0: Avoid this setting 1 1: XXX
RW RW
*2
XXX1
RW
(b2)
Nothing is assigned. When write, should set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate.
*3
RW
(b3)
Reserved Bit
Must set to "0"
*4
XXX4
XXX Bit
Function varies depending on each operation mode
RW
XXX5
WO
XXX6 0: XXX 1: XXX
RW
XXX7
XXX Bit
RO
*1 Blank:Set to "0" or "1" according to the application 0: Set to "0" 1: Set to "1" X: Nothing is assigned *2 RW: Read and write RO: Read only WO: Write only -: Nothing is assigned *3 *Reserved bit Reserved bit. Set to specified value. *4 *Nothing is assigned Nothing is assigned to the bit concerned. As the bit may be use for future functions, set to "0" when writing to this bit. *Do not set to this value The operation is not guaranteed when a value is set. *Function varies depending on mode of operation Bit function varies depending on peripheral function mode. Refer to respective register for each mode. *5 Follow the text in each manual for binary and hexadecimal notations.
3.
M16C Family Documents
The following documents were prepared for the M16C family. (1) Document Short Sheet Data Sheet Hardware Manual Hardware overview Hardware overview and electrical characteristics Hardware specifications (pin assignments, memory maps, peripheral specifications, electrical characteristics, timing charts). *Refer to the application note for how to use peripheral functions. Detailed description of assembly instructions and microcomputer performance of each instruction * Usage and application examples of peripheral functions * Sample programs * Introduction to the basic functions in the M16C family * Programming method with Assembly and C languages Preliminary report about the specification of a product, a document, etc. Contents
Software Manual Application Note
RENESAS TECHNICAL UPDATE
NOTES: 1. Before using this material, please visit the our website to verify that this is the most updated document available.
Table of Contents
SFR Page Reference Chapter 1. Overview .............................................................. 1
1.1 Applications .................................................................................................................... 1 1.2 Performance Overview ................................................................................................... 2 1.3 Block Diagram ................................................................................................................ 3 1.4 Product Information ....................................................................................................... 4 1.5 Pin Assignments............................................................................................................. 5 1.6 Pin Description ............................................................................................................... 6
Chapter 2. Central Processing Unit (CPU) .......................... 7
2.1 Data Registers (R0, R1, R2 and R3) .............................................................................. 7 2.2 Address Registers (A0 and A1) ..................................................................................... 8 2.3 Frame Base Register (FB) .............................................................................................. 8 2.4 Interrupt Table Register (INTB)...................................................................................... 8 2.5 Program Counter (PC) .................................................................................................... 8 2.6 User Stack Pointer (USP) and Interrupt Stack Pointer (ISP) ...................................... 8 2.7 Static Base Register (SB) .............................................................................................. 8 2.8 Flag Register (FLG) ........................................................................................................ 8 2.8.1 Carry Flag (C Flag) .................................................................................................... 8 2.8.2 Debug Flag (D Flag) ................................................................................................... 8 2.8.3 Zero Flag (Z Flag) ...................................................................................................... 8 2.8.4 Sign Flag (S Flag) ...................................................................................................... 8 2.8.5 Register Bank Select Flag (B Flag) .......................................................................... 8 2.8.6 Overflow Flag (O Flag) .............................................................................................. 8 2.8.7 Interrupt Enable Flag (I Flag) .................................................................................... 8 2.8.8 Stack Pointer Select Flag (U Flag) ........................................................................... 8 2.8.9 Processor Interrupt Priority Level (IPL) .................................................................. 8 2.8.10 Reserved Area.......................................................................................................... 8
Chapter 3. Memory ................................................................ 9 Chapter 4. Special Function Registers (SFR) ................... 10 Chapter 5. Reset .................................................................. 14
5.1 Hardware Reset ............................................................................................................ 14
5.1.1 Hardware Reset 1 .................................................................................................................................. 14 5.1.2 Hardware Reset 2 .................................................................................................................................. 17 5.1.3 Power-on Reset Function ..................................................................................................................... 18
5.2 Software Reset .............................................................................................................. 20 5.3 Watchdog Timer Reset ................................................................................................. 20 A-1
5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit ............................................................................................. 21
5.4.1 Voltage Detection Interrupt .................................................................................................................. 26 5.4.2 Exiting Stop Mode on a Voltage Detection Interrupt ......................................................................... 28
Chapter 6. Clock Generating Circuit.................................. 29
6.1 Main Clock ..................................................................................................................... 34 6.2 On-Chip Oscillator Clock ............................................................................................. 35
6.2.1 Low-speed On-Chip Oscillator ............................................................................................................ 35 6.2.2 High-speed On-Chip Oscillator ............................................................................................................ 35
6.3 CPU Clock and Peripheral Function Clock ................................................................ 36
6.3.1 CPU Clock .............................................................................................................................................. 36 6.3.2 Peripheral Function Clock (f1, f2, f8, f32, fAD, f1SIO, f8SIO, f32SIO) ....................................................... 36 6.3.3 fRING and fRING128 ................................................................................................................................................................... 36 6.3.4 fRING-fast ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 36
6.4 Power Control ............................................................................................................... 37
6.4.1 Normal Operation Mode ....................................................................................................................... 37 6.4.2 Wait Mode .............................................................................................................................................. 39 6.4.3 Stop Mode .............................................................................................................................................. 40
6.5 Oscillation Stop Detection Function ........................................................................... 42
6.5.1 How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function .............................................................................. 42
Chapter 7. Protection .......................................................... 44 Chapter 8. Processor Mode ................................................ 45
8.1 Types of Processor Mode ............................................................................................ 45
Chapter 9. Bus ..................................................................... 46 Chapter 10. Interrupt ........................................................... 47
10.1 Interrupt Overview ...................................................................................................... 47
10.1.1 Type of Interrupts ................................................................................................................................ 47 10.1.2 Software Interrupts ............................................................................................................................. 48 10.1.3 Hardware Interrupts ............................................................................................................................ 49 10.1.4 Interrupts and Interrupt Vector .......................................................................................................... 50 10.1.5 Interrupt Control ................................................................................................................................. 52
______
10.2 INT Interrupt ................................................................................................................ 60
________
10.2.1 INT0 Interrupt ...................................................................................................................................... 60 _______ 10.2.2 INT0 Input Filter ................................................................................................................................... 61 ______ ______ 10.2.3 INT1 Interrupt and INT2 Interrupt ...................................................................................................... 62 ______ 10.2.4 INT3 Interrupt ...................................................................................................................................... 63
10.3 Key Input Interrupt ..................................................................................................... 65 10.4 Address Match Interrupt ............................................................................................ 66
Chapter 11. Watchdog Timer .............................................. 68 Chapter 12. Timers .............................................................. 70
12.1 Timer X ........................................................................................................................ 71 A-2
12.1.1 Timer Mode .......................................................................................................................................... 73 12.1.2 Pulse Output Mode ............................................................................................................................. 74 12.1.3 Event Counter Mode ........................................................................................................................... 75 12.1.4 Pulse Width Measurement Mode ....................................................................................................... 76 12.1.5 Pulse Period Measurement Mode ..................................................................................................... 78
12.2 Timer Y......................................................................................................................... 80
12.2.1 Timer Mode .......................................................................................................................................... 83 12.2.2 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode .................................................................................... 85
12.3 Timer Z ......................................................................................................................... 88
12.3.1 Timer Mode .......................................................................................................................................... 91 12.3.2 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode .................................................................................... 93 12.3.3 Programmable One-shot Generation Mode ...................................................................................... 95 12.3.4 Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode ............................................................................. 98
12.4 Timer C ...................................................................................................................... 101
12.4.1 Input Capture Mode ......................................................................................................................... 105 12.4.2 Output Compare Mode .................................................................................................................... 107
Chapter 13. Serial Interface .............................................. 109
13.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode ....................................................................... 114
13.1.1 Polarity Select Function ................................................................................................................... 117 13.1.2 LSB First/MSB First Select Function .............................................................................................. 117 13.1.3 Continuous Receive Mode ............................................................................................................... 118
13.2 Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode ....................................................... 119
13.2.1 TxD10/RxD1 Select Function (UART1) ............................................................................................ 122 13.2.2 TxD11 Select Function (UART1) ...................................................................................................... 122 13.2.3 Bit Rate .............................................................................................................................................. 123
Chapter 14. A/D Converter................................................ 124
14.1 One-shot Mode ......................................................................................................... 128 14.2 Repeat Mode ............................................................................................................. 130 14.3 Sample and Hold ...................................................................................................... 132 14.4 A/D conversion cycles ........................................................................................... 132 14.5 Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input ........................................................... 133 14.6 Inflow Current Bypass Circuit ................................................................................ 134 14.7 Output Impedance of Sensor under A/D Conversion........................................... 135
Chapter 15. Programmable I/O Ports .............................. 137
15.1 Description ................................................................................................................ 137
15.1.1 Port PiDirection Register (PDi Register, i=0,1,3,4) ......................................................................... 137 15.1.2 Port Pi Register (Pi Register, i=0 to 4) ............................................................................................. 137 15.1.3 Pull-up Control Register 0, Pull-up Control Register 1 (PUR0 and PUR1 registers) .................. 137 15.1.4 Port P1 Drive Capacity Control Register (DRR Register) .............................................................. 137
15.2 Port setting ................................................................................................................ 145 15.3 Unassigned Pin Handling ........................................................................................ 151
A-3
Chapter 16. Electrical Characteristics ............................. 152 Chapter 17. Flash Memory Version ................................. 165
17.1 Overview .................................................................................................................... 165 17.2 Memory Map .............................................................................................................. 166 17.3 Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting............................................ 167
17.3.1 ID Code Check Function .................................................................................................................. 167
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode .................................................................................................... 168
17.4.1 EW0 Mode .......................................................................................................................................... 169 17.4.2 EW1 Mode .......................................................................................................................................... 169 17.4.3 Software Commands ........................................................................................................................ 175 17.4.4 Status Register .................................................................................................................................. 179 17.4.5 Full Status Check .............................................................................................................................. 180
17.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode ......................................................................................... 182
17.5.1 ID Code Check Function .................................................................................................................. 182
Chapter 18. On-chip Debugger ........................................ 186
18.1 Address Match Interrupt .......................................................................................... 186 18.2 Single Step Interrupt ................................................................................................ 186 18.3 UART1 ........................................................................................................................ 186 18.4 BRK Instruction ........................................................................................................ 186
Chapter 19. Usage Notes .................................................. 187
19.1 Stop Mode and Wait Mode ....................................................................................... 187
19.1.1 Stop Mode .......................................................................................................................................... 187 19.1.2 Wait Mode .......................................................................................................................................... 187
19.2 Interrupts ................................................................................................................... 188
19.2.1 Reading Address 0000016 ............................................................................................................................................ 188 19.2.2 SP Setting .......................................................................................................................................... 188 19.2.3 External Interrupt and Key Input Interrupt ..................................................................................... 188 19.2.4 Watchdog Timer Interrupt ................................................................................................................ 188 19.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor ................................................................................................................ 189 19.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Register .............................................................................................. 190
19.3 Clock Generation Circuit ......................................................................................... 191
19.3.1 Oscillation Stop Detection Function ............................................................................................... 191 19.3.2 Oscillation Circuit constants ........................................................................................................... 191
19.4 Timers ........................................................................................................................ 192
19.4.1 Timers X, Y and Z .............................................................................................................................. 192 19.4.2 Timer X ............................................................................................................................................... 192 19.4.3 Timer Y ............................................................................................................................................... 192 19.4.4 Timer Z ............................................................................................................................................... 192 19.4.5 Timer C ............................................................................................................................................... 192
19.5 Serial Interface .......................................................................................................... 193 19.6 A/D Converter............................................................................................................ 194 19.7 Flash Memory Version ............................................................................................. 195
19.7.1 CPU Rewrite Mode ............................................................................................................................ 195
A-4
19.8 Noise .......................................................................................................................... 198
Chapter 20. Usage Notes for On-chip Debugger ............ 199 Appendix 1 Package Dimensions .................................... 200 Appendix 2 Connecting Examples for Serial Writer and On-chip Debugging Emulator .......................................... 201 Appendix 3 Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit .. 203 Register Index ................................................................... 204
A-5
SFR Page Reference
Symbol Page
Address 000016 000116 000216 000316 000416 000516 000616 000716 000816 000916 000A16 000B16 000C16 000D16 000E16 000F16 001016 001116 001216 001316 001416 001516 001616 001716 001816 001916 001A16 001B16 001C16 001D16 001E16 001F16 002016 002116 002216 002316 002416 002516 002616 002716 002816 002916 002A16 002B16 002C16 002D16 002E16 002F16 003016 003116 003216 003316 003416 003516 003616 003716 003816 003916 003A16 003B16 003C16 003D16 003E16 003F16
Register
Address 004016 004116 004216 004316
Register
Symbol Page
PM0 PM1 CM0 CM1 High-speed on-chip oscillator control register 0 HR0 Address match interrupt enable register AIER Protect register PRCR High-speed on-chip oscillator control register 1 HR1 Oscillation stop detection register OCD Watchdog timer reset register WDTR Watchdog timer start register WDTS Watchdog timer control register WDC Address match interrupt register 0 RMAD0
Processor mode register 0 Processor mode register 1 System clock control register 0 System clock control register 1
45 45 31 31 33 67 44 33 32 69 69 69 67
004416 004516 004616 004716 004816 004916 004A16 004B16 004C16 004D16 004E16 004F16 005016 005116 005216 005316 005416 005516 005616 005716 005816 005916 005A16 005B16 005C16 005D16 005E16 005F16 006016 006116 006216 006316 006416 006516 006616 006716 006816 006916 006A16 006B16 006C16 006D16 006E16 006F16 007016 007116 007216 007316 007416 007516 007616 007716 007816 007916 007A16 007B16 007C16 007D16 007E16 007F16
Key input interrupt control register AD conversion interrupt control register
Compare 1 interrupt control register UART0 transmit interrupt control register UART0 receive interrupt control register UART1 transmit interrupt control register UART1 receive interrupt control register
KUPIC ADIC
53 53
Address match interrupt register 1
RMAD1
67
Voltage detection register 1 Voltage detection register 2
VCR1 VCR2
22 22
INT2 interrupt control register Timer X interrupt control register Timer Y interrupt control register Timer Z interrupt control register INT1 interrupt control register INT3 interrupt control register Timer C interrupt control register
Compare 0 interrupt control register
INT0 interrupt control register
CMP1IC 53 S0TIC 53 S0RIC 53 S1TIC 53 S1RIC 53 INT2IC 53 TXIC 53 TYIC 53 TZIC 53 INT1IC 53 INT3IC 53 TCIC 53 CMP0IC 53 INT0IC 53
INT0 input filter select register Voltage detection interrupt register
INT0F D4INT
60 23
Blank columns are all reserved space. No use is allowed.
B-1
SFR Page Reference
Symbol Page AD 127
Address 008016 008116 008216 008316 008416 008516 008616 008716 008816 008916 008A16 008B16 008C16 008D16 008E16 008F16 009016 009116 009216 009316 009416 009516 009616 009716 009816 009916 009A16 009B16 009C16 009D16 009E16 009F16 00A016 00A116 00A216 00A316 00A416 00A516 00A616 00A716 00A816 00A916 00AA16 00AB16 00AC16 00AD16 00AE16 00AF16 00B016 00B116 00B216 00B316 00B416 00B516 00B616 00B716 00B816 00B916 00BA16 00BB16 00BC16 00BD16 00BE16 00BF16
Register Timer Y, Z mode register Prescaler Y register Timer Y secondary register Timer Y primary register
Symbol Page TYZMR 80/88 PREY 81 TYSC 81 TYPR 81 Timer Y, Z waveform output control register PUM 82/90 Prescaler Z register PREZ 89 Timer Z secondary register TZSC 89 Timer Z primary register TZPR 89
Address 00C016 00C116 00C216 00C316 00C416 00C516 00C616 00C716 00C816 00C916
Register AD register
Timer Y, Z output control register Timer X mode register Prescaler X register Timer X register Timer count source setting register Timer C register
TYZOC 81/89 TXMR 71 PREX 72 TX 72 TCSS 72/82/90 TC 103
00CA16 00CB16 00CC16 00CD16 00CE16 00CF16 00D016 00D116 00D216 00D316 00D416 00D516
AD control register 2 AD control register 0 AD control register 1
ADCON2 127 ADCON0 126 ADCON1 126
External input enable register Key input enable register Timer C control register 0 Timer C control register 1 Capture and compare 0 register Compare 1 register
UART0 transmit/receive mode register
INTEN KIEN TCC0 TCC1 TM0 TM1 U0MR U0BRG U0TB U0C0 U0C1 U0RB U1MR U1BRG U1TB U1C0 U1C1 U1RB UCON
60 65 103 104 103 103 112 111 111 112 113 111 112 111 111 112 113 111 113
00D616 00D716 00D816 00D916 00DA16 00DB16 00DC16 00DD16 00DE16 00DF16 00E016 00E116 00E216 00E316 00E416 00E516 00E616 00E716 00E816 00E916 00EA16 00EB16 00EC16 00ED16 00EE16 00EF16 00F016 00F116 00F216 00F316 00F416 00F516 00F616 00F716 00F816 00F916 03FA16 00FB16 00FC16 00FD16 00FE16 00FF16
UART0 bit rate register UART0 transmit buffer register
UART0 transmit/receive control register 0 UART0 transmit/receive control register 1
Port P0 register Port P1 register Port P0 direction register Port P1 direction register Port P3 register Port P3 direction register Port P4 register Port P4 direction register
P0 P1 PD0 PD1 P3 PD3 P4 PD4
143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143
UART0 receive buffer register
UART1 transmit/receive mode register
UART1 bit rate register UART1 transmit buffer register
UART1 transmit/receive control register 0 UART1 transmit/receive control register 1
UART1 receive buffer register UART transmit/receive control register 2
Pull-up control register 0 Pull-up control register 1 Port P1 drive capacity control register Timer C output control register
PUR0 PUR1 DRR TCOUT
144 144 144 104
Blank columns are all reserved space. No use is allowed.
01B316 01B416 01B516 01B616 01B716 0FFFF16
Flash memory control register 4 Flash memory control register 1 Flash memory control register 0 Option function select register
FMR4 FMR1 FMR0 OFS
172 172 171 69
B-2
R8C/13 Group
SINGLE-CHIP 16-BIT CMOS MICROCOMPUTER
REJ09B0111-0120 Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006
1. Overview
This MCU is built using the high-performance silicon gate CMOS process using a R8C/Tiny Series CPU core and is packaged in a 32-pin plastic molded LQFP. This MCU operates using sophisticated instructions featuring a high level of instruction efficiency. With 1M bytes of address space, it is capable of executing instructions at high speed. The data flash ROM (2 KB X 2 blocks) is embedded.
1.1 Applications
Electric household appliance, office equipment, housing equipment (sensor, security), general industrial equipment, audio, etc.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 1 of 205
R8C/13 Group
1. Overview
1.2 Performance Overview
Table 1.1. lists the performance outline of this MCU. Table 1.1 Performance outline Item Performance CPU Number of basic instructions 89 instructions Minimum instruction execution time 50 ns (f(XIN) = 20 MHZ, VCC = 3.0 to 5.5 V) 100 ns (f(XIN) = 10 MHZ, VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V) Operating mode Single-chip Address space 1M bytes Memory capacity See Table 1.2. Peripheral Port Input/Output: 22 (including LED drive port), Input: 2 function LED drive port I/O port: 8 Timer Timer X: 8 bits x 1 channel, Timer Y: 8 bits x 1 channel, Timer Z: 8 bits x 1 channel (Each timer equipped with 8-bit prescaler) Timer C: 16 bits x 1 channel (Circuits of input capture and output compare) Serial interface *1 channel Clock synchronous, UART *1 channel UART A/D converter 10-bit A/D converter: 1 circuit, 12 channels Watchdog timer 15 bits x 1 (with prescaler) Reset start function selectable Interrupt Internal: 11 factors, External: 5 factors, Software: 4 factors, Priority level: 7 levels Clock generation circuit 2 circuits *Main clock generation circuit (Equipped with a built-in feedback resistor) *On-chip oscillator (high-speed, low-speed) On high-speed on-chip oscillator the frequency adjustment function is usable. Oscillation stop detection function Main clock oscillation stop detection function Voltage detection circuit Included Power on reset circuit Included Electrical Supply voltage VCC = 3.0 to 5.5V (f(XIN) = 20MHZ) characteristics VCC = 2.7 to 5.5V (f(XIN) = 10MHZ) Power consumption Typ.9 mA (VCC = 5.0V, (f(XIN) = 20MHZ) Typ.5 mA (VCC = 3.0V, (f(XIN) = 10MHZ) Typ.35 A (VCC = 3.0V, Wait mode, Peripheral clock stops) Typ.0.7 A (VCC = 3.0V, Stop mode) Flash memory Program/erase supply voltage VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Program/erase endurance 10,000 times (Data flash) 1,000 times (Program ROM) Operating ambient temperature -20 to 85C -40 to 85C (D-version) Package 32-pin plastic mold LQFP
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 2 of 205
R8C/13 Group
1. Overview
1.3 Block Diagram
Figure 1.1 shows this MCU block diagram.
8
8
5
1
2
I/O port
Port P0
Port P1
Port P3
Port P4
Peripheral functions
Timer A/D converter (10 bits 12 channels) System clock generator UART or Clock synchronous serial I/O (8 bits 1 channel) UART (8 bits 1 channel) XIN-XOUT High-speed on-chip oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator
Timer X (8 bits) Timer Y (8 bits) Timer Z (8 bits) Timer C (16 bits)
R8C/Tiny Series CPU core
Watchdog timer (15 bits)
R0H R1H R2 R3 A0 A1 FB R0L R1L SB USP ISP INTB PC FLG
Memory
ROM
(1)
RAM
(2)
Multiplier
NOTES: 1. ROM size depends on MCU type. 2. RAM size depends on MCU type.
Figure 1.1 Block Diagram
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 3 of 205
R8C/13 Group
1. Overview
1.4 Product Information
Table 1.2 lists the product information. Table 1.2 Product Information
Type No. R5F21132FP R5F21133FP R5F21134FP R5F21132DFP R5F21133DFP R5F21134DFP ROM capacity
Program ROM Data flash
As of January 2006 RAM capacity 512 bytes 768 bytes 1K bytes 512 bytes 768 bytes 1K bytes Package type Remarks
8K bytes 12K bytes 16K bytes 8K bytes 12K bytes 16K bytes
2K bytes x 2 2K bytes x 2 2K bytes x 2 2K bytes x 2 2K bytes x 2 2K bytes x 2
PLQP0032GB-A Flash memory version PLQP0032GB-A PLQP0032GB-A PLQP0032GB-A D version PLQP0032GB-A PLQP0032GB-A
Type No. R 5 F
21 13 4 D FP
Package type: FP : PLQP0032GB-A Classification: D: Operating ambient temperature -40 C to 85 C No symbol: Operating ambient temperature -20 C to 85 C ROM capacity: 2 : 8 KBytes. 3 : 12 KBytes. 4 : 16 KBytes. R8C/13 group
R8C/Tiny series
Memory type: F: Flash memory version
Renesas MCU Renesas semiconductors
Figure 1.2 Type No., Memory Size, and Package
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 4 of 205
R8C/13 Group
1. Overview
1.5 Pin Assignments
Figure 1.3 shows the pin configuration (top view).
PIN Assignments (top view)
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 P06/AN1 P05/AN2 P04/AN3 MODE P03/AN4 P02/AN5 P01/AN6 P00/AN7/TxD11 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 P45/INT0 P10/KI0/AN8/CMP00 P11/KI1/AN9/CMP01 P12/KI2/AN10/CMP02 P13/KI3/AN11 P14/TxD0 P15/RxD0 P16/CLK0
R8C/13 Group
12345678
NOTES: 1. P47 functions only as an input port. 2. When using On-chip debugger, do not use P00/AN7/TxD11 and P37/TxD10/RxD1 pins. 3. Do not connect IVcc to Vcc.
Figure 1.3 Pin Assignments (Top View)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 5 of 205
RESET XOUT/P47 (1) VSS XIN/P46 VCC P17/INT1/CNTR0
P37/TxD10/RxD1 CNVSS
P30/CNTR0/CMP10 AVSS P31/TZOUT/CMP11 AVCC/VREF P32/INT2/CNTR1/CMP12 P33/INT3/ TCIN
P07/AN0 IVCC(3)
Package: PLQP0032GB-A (32P6U-A)
R8C/13 Group
1. Overview
1.6 Pin Description
Table 1.3 shows the pin description Table 1.3 Pin description Signal name Power supply input IVcc Pin name Vcc, Vss IVcc I/O type I O Function Apply 2.7 V to 5.5 V to the Vcc pin. Apply 0 V to the Vss pin. This pin is to stabilize internal power supply. Connect this pin to Vss via a capacitor (0.1 F). Do not connect to Vcc.
Power supply input pins for A/D converter. Connect the AVcc pin to Vcc. Connect the AVss pin to Vss. Connect a capacitor between pins AVcc and AVss.
Analog power supply input Reset input CNVss MODE Main clock input
AVcc, AVss
___________
I
RESET CNVss MODE XIN
I I I I O
_______
Main clock output XOUT
_____ _______
INT interrupt input INT0 to INT3 _____ _____ Key input interrupt KI0 to KI3 input Timer X CNTR0 __________ CNTR0 Timer Y CNTR1 Timer Z TZOUT Timer C TCIN CMP00 to CMP02, CMP10 to CMP12 Serial interface CLK0 RxD0, RxD1 TxD0, TxD10, TxD11 Reference voltage VREF input A/D converter AN0 to AN11 I/O port P00 to P07, P10 to P17, P30 to P33, P37, P45
I I I/O O I/O O I O I/O I O I I I/O
Input "L" on this pin resets the MCU. Connect this pin to Vss via a resistor.(1) Connect this pin to Vcc via a resistor. These pins are provided for the main clock generating circuit I/O. Connect a ceramic resonator or a crystal oscillator between the XIN and XOUT pins. To use an externally derived clock, input it to the XIN pin and leave the XOUT pin open. ______ INT interrupt input pins. Key input interrupt pins. Timer X I/O pin Timer X output pin Timer Y I/O pin Timer Z output pin Timer C input pin The timer C output pins Transfer clock I/O pin. Serial data input pins. Serial data output pins. Reference voltage input pin for A/D converter. Connect the VREF pin to Vcc. Analog input pins for A/D converter These are 8-bit CMOS I/O ports. Each port has an I/O select direction register, allowing each pin in that port to be directed for input or output individually. Any port set to input can select whether to use a pullup resistor or not by program. P10 to P17 also function as LED drive ports. Port for input-only
Input port
P46, P47
I
NOTES : 1. Refer to "19.8 Noise" for the connecting reference resistor value.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 6 of 205
R8C/13 Group
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
Figure 2.1 shows the CPU Register. The CPU contains 13 registers. Of these, R0, R1, R2, R3, A0, A1 and FB comprise a register bank. Two sets of register banks are provided.
b31
b15
b8 b7
b0
R2 R3
R0H(High-order of R0) R0L(Low-order of R0) R1H(High-order of R1) R1L(Low-order of R1)
R2 R3 A0 A1 FB
Data registers(1)
Address registers(1) Frame base registers(1)
b0
b19
b15
INTBH
INTBL
Interrupt table register
The 4-high order bits of INTB are INTBH and the 16-low bits of INTB are INTBL.
b19 b0
PC
b15 b0
Program counter
USP ISP SB
b15 b0
User stack pointer Interrupt stack pointer Static base register
FLG
b15 b8 b7 b0
Flag register
IPL
UI
OB S Z DC
Carry flag Debug flag Zero flag Sign flag Register bank select flag Overflow flag Interrupt enable flag Stack pointer select flag Reserved bit Processor interrupt priority level Reserved bit
NOTES: 1. A register bank comprises these registers. Two sets of register banks are provided
Figure 2.1 CPU Register
2.1 Data Registers (R0, R1, R2 and R3)
R0 is a 16-bit register for transfer, arithmetic and logic operations. The same applies to R1 to R3. The R0 can be split into high-order bit (R0H) and low-order bit (R0L) to be used separately as 8-bit data registers. The same applies to R1H and R1L as R0H and R0L. R2 can be combined with R0 to be used as a 32-bit data register (R2R0). The same applies to R3R1 as R2R0.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 7 of 205
R8C/13 Group
2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)
2.2 Address Registers (A0 and A1)
A0 is a 16-bit register for address register indirect addressing and address register relative addressing. They also are used for transfer, arithmetic and logic operations. The same applies to A1 as A0. A0 can be combined with A0 to be used as a 32-bit address register (A1A0).
2.3 Frame Base Register (FB)
FB is a 16-bit register for FB relative addressing.
2.4 Interrupt Table Register (INTB)
INTB is a 20-bit register indicates the start address of an interrupt vector table.
2.5 Program Counter (PC)
PC, 20 bits wide, indicates the address of an instruction to be executed.
2.6 User Stack Pointer (USP) and Interrupt Stack Pointer (ISP)
The stack pointer (SP), USP and ISP, are 16 bits wide each. The U flag of FLG is used to switch between USP and ISP.
2.7 Static Base Register (SB)
SB is a 16-bit register for SB relative addressing.
2.8 Flag Register (FLG)
FLG is a 11-bit register indicating the CPU state. 2.8.1 Carry Flag (C) The C flag retains a carry, borrow, or shift-out bit that has occurred in the arithmetic logic unit. 2.8.2 Debug Flag (D) The D flag is for debug only. Set to "0". 2.8.3 Zero Flag (Z) The Z flag is set to "1" when an arithmetic operation resulted in 0; otherwise, "0". 2.8.4 Sign Flag (S) The S flag is set to "1" when an arithmetic operation resulted in a negative value; otherwise, "0". 2.8.5 Register Bank Select Flag (B) The register bank 0 is selected when the B flag is "0". The register bank 1 is selected when this flag is set to "1". 2.8.6 Overflow Flag (O) The O flag is set to "1" when the operation resulted in an overflow; otherwise, "0". 2.8.7 Interrupt Enable Flag (I) The I flag enables a maskable interrupt. An interrupt is disabled when the I flag is set to "0", and are enabled when the I flag is set to "1". The I flag is set to "0" when an interrupt request is acknowledged. 2.8.8 Stack Pointer Select Flag (U) ISP is selected when the U flag is set to "0", USP is selected when the U flag is set to "1". The U flag is set to "0" when a hardware interrupt request is acknowledged or the INT instruction of software interrupt numbers 0 to 31 is executed. 2.8.9 Processor Interrupt Priority Level (IPL) IPL, 3 bits wide, assigns processor interrupt priority levels from level 0 to level 7. If a requested interrupt has greater priority than IPL, the interrupt is enabled. 2.8.10 Reserved Bit When write to this bit, set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 8 of 205
R8C/13 Group
3. Memory
3. Memory
Figure 3.1 is a memory map of this MCU. This MCU provides 1-Mbyte address space from addresses 0000016 to FFFFF16. The internal ROM (program ROM) is allocated lower addresses beginning with address 0FFFF16. For example, a 16-Kbyte internal ROM is allocated addresses from 0C00016 to 0FFFF16. The fixed interrupt vector table is allocated addresses 0FFDC16 to 0FFFF16. They store the starting address of each interrupt routine. The internal ROM (data flash) is allocated addresses from 0200016 to 02FFF16. The internal RAM is allocated higher addresses beginning with address 0040016. For example, a 1-Kbyte internal RAM is allocated addresses 0040016 to 007FF16. The internal RAM is used not only for storing data, but for calling subroutines and stacks when interrupt request is acknowledged. Special function registers (SFR) are allocated addresses 0000016 to 002FF16. The peripheral function control registers are located them. All addresses, which have nothing allocated within the SFR, are reserved area and cannot be accessed by users.
0000016 SFR
(See Chapter 4 for details.)
002FF16
0040016 Internal RAM 0XXXX16 0200016 Internal ROM (data flash)(1) 02FFF16 0FFDC16 Undefined instruction Overflow BRK instruction Address match Single step
Watchdog timer,Oscillation stop detection,Voltage detection
0YYYY16 Internal ROM (program ROM) 0FFFF16 Expansion area FFFFF16 0FFFF16
(Reserved) (Reserved) Reset
NOTES: 1. The data flash block A (2K bytes) and block B (2K bytes) are shown. 2. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed. Internal ROM Internal RAM Type name Address 0YYYY16 Address 0XXXX16 Size Size
R5F21134FP, R5F21134DFP R5F21133FP, R5F21133DFP R5F21132FP, R5F21132DFP 16K bytes 12K bytes 8K bytes 0C00016 0D00016 0E00016 1K bytes 768 bytes 512 bytes 007FF16 006FF16 005FF16
Figure 3.1 Memory Map
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 9 of 205
R8C/13 Group
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
SFR(Special Function Register) is the control register of peripheral functions. Tables 4.1 to 4.4 list the SFR information Table 4.1 SFR Information(1)(1)
Address 000016 000116 000216 000316 000416 000516 000616 000716 000816 000916 000A16 000B16 000C16 000D16 000E16 000F16 001016 001116 001216 001316 001416 001516 001616 001716 001816 001916 001A16 001B16 001C16 001D16 001E16 001F16 002016 002116 002216 002316 002416 002516 002616 002716 002816 002916 002A16 002B16 002C16 002D16 002E16 002F16 003016 003116 003216 003316 003416 003516 003616 003716 003816 003916 003A16 003B16 003C16 003D16 003E16 003F16
Register
Symbol
After reset
Processor mode register 0 (1) Processor mode register 1 System clock control register 0 System clock control register 1 High-speed on-chip oscillator control register 0 Address match interrupt enable register Protect register High-speed on-chip oscillator control register 1 Oscillation stop detection register Watchdog timer reset register Watchdog timer start register Watchdog timer control register Address match interrupt register 0
PM0 PM1 CM0 CM1 HR0 AIER PRCR HR1 OCD WDTR WDTS WDC RMAD0
0016 0016 011010002 001000002 0016 XXXXXX002 00XXX0002 4016 000001002 XX16 XX16 000111112 0016 0016 X016 0016 0016 X016
Address match interrupt register 1
RMAD1
Voltage detection register 1(2) Voltage detection register 2 (2)
VCR1 VCR2
000010002 0016 (3) 100000002(4)
INT0 input filter select register Voltage detection interrupt register (2)
INT0F D4INT
XXXXX0002 0016 (3) 010000012(4)
X : Undefined NOTES: 1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed. 2. Software reset or the watchdog timer reset does not affect this register. 3. Owing to Reset input. 4. In the case of RESET pin = H retaining.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 10 of 205
R8C/13 Group
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
Table 4.2 SFR Information(2)(1)
Address 004016 004116 004216 004316 004416 004516 004616 004716 004816 004916 004A16 004B16 004C16 004D16 004E16 004F16 005016 005116 005216 005316 005416 005516 005616 005716 005816 005916 005A16 005B16 005C16 005D16 005E16 005F16 006016 006116 006216 006316 006416 006516 006616 006716 006816 006916 006A16 006B16 006C16 006D16 006E16 006F16 007016 007116 007216 007316 007416 007516 007616 007716 007816 007916 007A16 007B16 007C16 007D16 007E16 007F16
Register
Symbol
After reset
Key input interrupt control register AD conversion interrupt control register
Compare 1 interrupt control register UART0 transmit interrupt control register UART0 receive interrupt control register UART1 transmit interrupt control register UART1 receive interrupt control register
KUPIC ADIC CMP1IC S0TIC S0RIC S1TIC S1RIC INT2IC TXIC TYIC TZIC INT1IC INT3IC TCIC CMP0IC INT0IC
XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XX00X0002
INT2 interrupt control register Timer X interrupt control register Timer Y interrupt control register Timer Z interrupt control register INT1 interrupt control register INT3 interrupt control register Timer C interrupt control register
Compare 0 interrupt control register
INT0 interrupt control register
X : Undefined NOTES: 1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 11 of 205
R8C/13 Group
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
Table 4.3 SFR Information(3)(1)
Address 008016 008116 008216 008316 008416 008516 008616 008716 008816 008916 008A16 008B16 008C16 008D16 008E16 008F16 009016 009116 009216 009316 009416 009516 009616 009716 009816 009916 009A16 009B16 009C16 009D16 009E16 009F16 00A016 00A116 00A216 00A316 00A416 00A516 00A616 00A716 00A816 00A916 00AA16 00AB16 00AC16 00AD16 00AE16 00AF16 00B016 00B116 00B216 00B316 00B416 00B516 00B616 00B716 00B816 00B916 00BA16 00BB16 00BC16 00BD16 00BE16 00BF16
Register Timer Y, Z mode register Prescaler Y register Timer Y secondary register Timer Y primary register Timer Y, Z waveform output control register Prescaler Z register Timer Z secondary register Timer Z primary register
Symbol TYZMR PREY TYSC TYPR PUM PREZ TZSC TZPR
After reset 0016 FF16 FF16 FF16 0016 FF16 FF16 FF16
Timer Y, Z output control register Timer X mode register Prescaler X register Timer X register Count source set register Timer C register
TYZOC TXMR PREX TX TCSS TC
0016 0016 FF16 FF16 0016 0016 0016
External input enable register Key input enable register Timer C control register 0 Timer C control register 1 Capture, compare 0 register Compare 1 register
UART0 transmit/receive mode register
INTEN KIEN TCC0 TCC1 TM0 TM1 U0MR U0BRG U0TB U0C0 U0C1 U0RB U1MR U1BRG U1TB U1C0 U1C1 U1RB UCON
0016 0016 0016 0016 0016 0016(2) FF16 FF16 0016 XX16 XX16 XX16 000010002 000000102 XX16 XX16 0016 XX16 XX16 XX16 000010002 000000102 XX16 XX16 0016
UART0 bit rate register UART0 transmit buffer register
UART0 transmit/receive control register 0 UART0 transmit/receive control register 1
UART0 receive buffer register
UART1 transmit/receive mode register
UART1 bit rate register UART1 transmit buffer register
UART1 transmit/receive control register 0 UART1 transmit/receive control register 1
UART1 receive buffer register
UART transmit/receive control register 2
X : Undefined NOTES: 1. Blank spaces are reserved. No access is allowed. 2. When output compare mode (the TCC13 bit in the TCC1 register = 1) is selected, the value after reset is set to "FFFF16".
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 12 of 205
R8C/13 Group
4. Special Function Register (SFR)
Table 4.4 SFR Information(4)(1)
Address
00C016 00C116 00C216 00C316 00C416 00C516 00C616 00C716 00C816 00C916 00CA16 00CB16 00CC16 00CD16 00CE16 00CF16 00D016 00D116 00D216 00D316 00D416 00D516 00D616 00D716 00D816 00D916 00DA16 00DB16 00DC16 00DD16 00DE16 00DF16 00E016 00E116 00E216 00E316 00E416 00E516 00E616 00E716 00E816 00E916 00EA16 00EB16 00EC16 00ED16 00EE16 00EF16 00F016 00F116 00F216 00F316 00F416 00F516 00F616 00F716 00F816 00F916 03FA16 00FB16 00FC16 00FD16 00FE16 00FF16
Register AD register
Symbol AD
After reset XX16 XX16
AD control register 2 AD control register 0 AD control register 1
ADCON2 ADCON0 ADCON1
0016 00000XXX2 0016
Port P0 register Port P1 register Port P0 direction register Port P1 direction register Port P3 register Port P3 direction register Port P4 register Port P4 direction register
P0 P1 PD0 PD1 P3 PD3 P4 PD4
XX16 XX16 0016 0016 XX16 0016 XX16 0016
Pull-up control register 0 Pull-up control register 1 Port P1 drive capacity control register Timer C output control register
PUR0 PUR1 DRR TCOUT
00XX00002 XXXXXX0X2 0016 0016
01B316 01B416 01B516 01B616 01B716 0FFFF16
Flash memory control register 4 Flash memory control register 1 Flash memory control register 0 Option function select register
(2)
FMR4 FMR1 FMR0 OFS
010000002 1000000X2 000000012
(Note 2)
X : Undefined NOTES: 1. Blank columns, 010016 to 01B216 and 01B816 to 02FF16 are all reserved. No access is allowed. 2. The watchdog timer control bit is assigned. Refer to "Figure11.2 OFS, WDC, WDTR and WDTS registers" of Hardware Manual for details
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 13 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.1 Hardware Reset
5. Reset
There are three types of resets: a hardware reset, a software reset, and an watchdog timer reset.
5.1 Hardware Reset
There are three kinds of hardware reset: hardware reset 1, hardware reset 2, and power-on reset. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divided by 8 is automatically selected for the CPU. 5.1.1 Hardware Reset 1 ____________ ____________ A reset is applied using the RESET pin. When an "L" signal is applied to the RESET pin while the power supply voltage is within the recommended operating condition, the pins are initialized (see ____________ ____________ Table 5.1 "Pin Status When RESET Pin Level is 'L'"). When the input level at the RESET pin is released from "L" to "H", the CPU and SFR are initialized, and the program is executed starting from the address indicated by the reset vector. Figure 5.1 shows the CPU register status after ____________ reset and figure 5.2 shows the reset sequence. The internal RAM is not initialized. If the RESET pin is pulled "L" while writing to the internal RAM, the internal RAM becomes indeterminate. Figures 5.3 to 5.4 show the reset circuit example using the hardware reset 1. Refer to Chapter 4, "Special Function Register (SFR)" for the status of SFR after reset. * When the power supply is stable ____________ (1) Apply an "L" signal to the RESET pin. (2) Wait for 500 s (1/fRING-S 20). ____________ (3) Apply an "H" signal to the RESET pin. * Power on ____________ (1) Apply an "L" signal to the RESET pin. (2) Let the power supply voltage increase until it meets the recommended operating condition. (3) Wait td(P-R) or more until the internal power supply stabilizes. (4) Wait for 500 s (1/fRING-S 20). ____________ (5) Apply an "H" signal to the RESET pin.
____________
Table 5.1 Pin Status When RESET Pin Level is "L"
Pin name
P0 P1 P30 to P33, P37 P45 to P47
Pin status
Input port Input port Input port Input port
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 14 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.1 Hardware Reset
b15
b0
000016 000016 000016 000016 000016 000016 000016
Data register(R0) Data register(R1) Data register(R2) Data register(R3) Address register(A0) Address register(A1) Frame base register(FB)
b0
b19
0000016 Content of addresses 0FFFE16 to 0FFFC16
b15 b0
Interrupt table register(INTB) Program counter(PC)
000016 000016 000016
b15 b0
User stack pointer(USP) Interrupt stack pointer(ISP) Static base register(SB)
000016
b15 b8 b7 b0
Flag register(FLG)
IPL
UI
OBS Z DC
Figure 5.1 CPU Register Status After Reset
fRING-S More than 20 cycles are needed (1)
Internal on-chip oscillation
Flash memory activated time (CPU clock 64 cycles)
CPU clock 28cycles
CPU clock 0FFFC16 Address (Internal address signal) 0FFFD16 NOTES: 1. This shows hardware reset Content of reset vector 0FFFE16
Figure 5.2 Reset Sequence
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 15 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.1 Hardware Reset
VCC 0V RESET VCC RESET 0V
2.7V
Equal to or less than 0.2VCC More than td(P-R) + 500 s are needed.
Figure 5.3 Example Reset Circuit Using The Hardware Reset 1
5V VCC RESET VCC
Supply voltage detection circuit
2.7V
0V 5V RESET 0V More than td(P-R) + 500 s are needed. Example when VCC = 5V.
Figure 5.4 Example Reset Circuit Using The Hardware Reset 1 (Voltage Check Circuit)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 16 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.1 Hardware Reset
5.1.2 Hardware Reset 2 This is the reset generated by the voltage detection circuit which is built-in to the microcomputer. The voltage detection circuit monitors the input voltage at Vcc input pin. The microcomputer is reset when the voltage at the VCC input pin drops below Vdet if all of the following conditions hold true. * The VC27 bit in the VCR2 register is set to "1" (voltage detection circuit enabled) * The D40 bit in the D4INT register is set to "1" (voltage detection interrupt enabled) * The D46 bit in the D4INT register is set to "1" (hardware reset 2 when going through Vdet) When using a digital filter (D41 bit in the D4INT register is set to "1"), set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to "0"(low-speed on-chip oscillator oscillates). Conversely, when the input voltage at the VCC pin rises to Vdet or more, the pins, CPU, and SFR are initialized and counting the low-speed on-chip oscillator starts. When counting the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock 32 times, the internal reset is exited and the program is executed beginning with the address indicated by the reset vector. The initialized pins and registers and the status thereof are the same as in hardware reset 1. Refer to Section 5.4 "Voltage Detection Circuit."
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 17 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.1 Hardware Reset
5.1.3 Power-on Reset Function The power-on reset is the function which can reset the microcomputer without the external reset ____________ circuit. The RESET pin should be connected to the VCC pin via about 5 k pull-up resistance using the power-on reset function, the function turns to active and the microcomputer has its pins, CPU, ____________ and SFR initialized. When a capacitor is connected to the RESET pin, always keep the voltage to the ____________ RESET pin 0.8 VCC or more. When the input voltage at the VCC pin reaches to the Vdet level, count operation of the low-speed onchip oscillator clock starts. When the operation counts the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock for 32 times, the internal reset is released. Then the program is executed starting from the address indicated by the reset vector. The initialized pins and registers and the status thereof are the same as in hardware reset 1 excluding the following bits. * The D40 bit in the D4INT register turns to "1" automatically (voltage detection interrupt enabled) * The D46 bit in the D4INT register turns to "1" automatically (hardware reset 2 when going through Vdet) Additionally, the hardware reset 2 turns to active after the power-on reset. This is because the VC27 bit in the VCR2 register is set to "1" (voltage detection circuit enabled) after the power-on reset same as the hardware reset 1, so that hardware reset 2 active conditions are all satisfied including above D40 and D46 bit conditions. Figure 5.5 shows the power-on reset circuit. Figure 5.6 shows the power-on reset operation.
Internal reset signal RESET
S
Q
R fRING-S 5-bit counter Trigger VCC Vdet detection
Figure 5.5 Power-on Reset Circuit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 18 of 205
R8C/13 Group
VCC RESET Vcc 0V RESET about 5 k 0V
0.1V to 2.7V
0.8VCC or above
within td(P-R)
Vdet3 Vcc min Vpor2
Sampling time(1, 2)
Vdet(3)
Vpor1 tw(por1) tw(Vpor1-Vdet)
Internal reset signal ("L" effective)
tw(por2) tw(Vpor2 -Vdet)
1 X 32 fRING-S
1 X 32 fRING-S
NOTES: 1. Hold the voltage of the microcomputer operation voltage range (Vccmin or above) within sampling time. 2. A sampling clock is selectable. Refer to "5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit" for details. 3. Vdet shows the voltage detection level of the voltage detection circuit. Refer to "5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit" for details. 4. Refer to Table 16.7, 16.8 for electrical characteristics.
Figure 5.6 Power-on Reset Operation
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 19 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.2 Software Reset, 5.3 Watchdog Timer Reset
5.2 Software Reset
When the PM03 bit in the PM0 register is set to "1" (microcomputer reset), the microcomputer has its pins, CPU, and SFR initialized. Then the program is executed starting from the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divided by 8 is automatically selected for the CPU. Some SFRs are not initialized by the software reset. Refer to Chapter 4, "SFR."
5.3 Watchdog Timer Reset
Where the PM12 bit in the PM1 register is "1" (reset when watchdog timer underflows), the microcomputer initializes its pins, CPU and SFR if the watchdog timer underflows. Then the program is executed starting from the address indicated by the reset vector. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divided by 8 is automatically selected for the CPU. Some SFRs are not initialized by the watchdog timer reset. Refer to Chapter 4, "SFR."
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 20 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit
5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit
The voltage detection circuit monitors the input voltage at the VCC pin with respect to Vdet. The user program can check for voltage detection using the VC13 bit or set up the voltage detection interrupt register to generate a hardware reset 2 or voltage detection interrupt. Figure 5.7 shows the voltage detection circuit. Figure 5.8 shows VCR1 and VCR2 registers. Figure 5.9 shows the D4INT register. Figure 5.10 shows an operation example of the voltage detection circuit. Figure 5.11 to 5.12 show the operation example of the voltage detection circuit to get out of stop mode.
VC27
VCC
+
Noise canceller
Internal reference voltage VCR1 register b3 VC13 bit
Voltage detection interrupt signal
Figure 5.7 Voltage Detection Circuit Block
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 21 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage detection register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
000
Symbol VCR1 Bit symbol
(b2-b0)
Address 001916 Bit name Reserved bit Voltage monitor flag(1)
After reset(2) 000010002 Function Should set to "0" 0:VCC < Vdet 1:VCC Vdet or voltage detection circuit disabled RW RW RO
VC13
RW Should set to "0" Reserved bit (b7-b4) NOTES: 1. The VC13 bit is valid when the VC27 bit in the VCR2 register is set to "1" (voltage detection circuit enabled). The VC13 bit is set to "1" (VCCVdet or voltage detection circuit disabled) when the VC27 bit in the VCR2 register is set to "0" (voltage detection circuit disabled). 2. Software reset or the watchdog timer reset does not affect this register.
Voltage detection register 2(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000000
Symbol VCR2 Bit symbol
(b6-b0)
Address 001A16 Bit name Reserved bit
After reset(3) Reset input : 0016 RESET pin = "H" retaining : 100000002 Function Should set to "0" 0: Voltage detection circuit disabled 1: Voltage detection circuit enabled RW RW RW
VC27
Voltage monitor enable bit(2)
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to "1" (write enabled) before writing to this register. 2. Set the VC27 bit to "1" (voltage detect circuit enabled) when hardware reset 2 is used. After the VC27 bit is set to "1", the voltage detection circuit elapses for td(E-A) before starting operation. 3. Software reset or the watchdog timer reset does not affect this register.
Figure 5.8 VCR1 Register and VCR2 Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 22 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage detection interrupt register (1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol D4INT
Bit symbol D40 D41
Address 001F16
After reset(10) Reset input : 0016 RESET pin = H retaining : 010000012 Function
0 : Disab le 1 : En able 0: Digital filter enable mode (digital filter circuit enabled) 1: Digital filter disable mode (digital filter circuit disabled)
Bit name
Voltage detection interrupt enable bit(7) Voltage detection digital filter disable mode select bit
RW RW
RW
D42 D43 DF0
Voltage change detection flag(3, 4, 5) WDT overflow detect flag(3, 4) Sampling clock select bit
0: Not detected 1: Vdet passing detection 0: Not detected (flag clear) 1: Detected
b5b4
RW RW RW RW RW
DF1 D46
00 : fRING-S divided by 1 01 : fRING-S divided by 2 10 : fRING-S divided by 4 11 : fRING-S divided by 8
Voltage monitor mode select bit(6)
0: Voltage detection interrupt request is generated when passing through Vdet 1: Hardware reset 2 when passing through Vdet
Voltage detection interrupt RW request is generated or hardware reset 2 when Vcc passes Vdet(9) 0: Over Vdet 1: Below Vdet NOTES: 1. Set the PRC3 bit in the PRCR register to "1" (write enable) before writing to this register. 2. If the voltage detection interrupt needs to be used to get out of stop mode again after once used for that purpose, reset the D41 bit by writing a "0" and then a "1". 3. Valid when the VC27 bit in the VCR2 register is set to "1" (voltage detection circuit enabled). 4. If the VC27 bit is set to "0" (voltage detection circuit disabled), the D42 and D43 bits are set to "0" (not detected). 5. This bit is set to "0" by writing a "0" in a program. (writing a "1" has no effect.) 6. Valid when the D40 bit is set to "1" (voltage detection interrupt enabled). 7. The D40 bit is valid when the VC27 bit in the VCR2 register is set to "1" (voltage detection circuit enabled). When setting the D40 bit to "1", the following setting is required. (1) Set the VC27 bit "1". (2) Wait for td(E-A) until the detecter circuit operates. (3) Wait for the sampling time (the sampling clock which is selected in the DF0 bit to DF1 bit times 4 cycles.) (4) Set the D40 bit to "1". (5) Set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to "0" (low-speed on-chip oscillator on). 8. Valid when the D41 bit is set to "1" (digital filter disabled mode). 9. The D46 bit can be selected. 10. The software reset or the watchdog timer reset do not affect this register. 11. When the D46 bit is set to "1" (hardware reset 2 when Vdet passes), set the D47 bit to "1" (below Vdet). (Do not set to "0").
D47
Voltage detection condition select bit(11)
Figure 5.9 D4INT Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 23 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit
5.0 V Vdet VCC Sampling time (3 to 4 clock)
5.0 V 1
fRING
x 32
Internal reset signal (D46 bit=1) VC13 bit Set to"1" by program (voltage detection circuit enabled) VC27 bit Interrupt acknowledged Sampling time (3 to 4 clock) Interrupt acknowledged
Voltage detection interrupt request (D46 bit=0)
The above applies to the following conditions. * D4INT register D40 bit = 1 (voltage detection interrupt enabled) * D4INT register D41 bit = 0 (digital filter enabled mode) Sampling time : 4 cycles of sampling clock selected in DF0 bit to DF1 bit
Figure 5.10 Operation Example of Voltage Detection Circuit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 24 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit
5.0V Vdet VCC
Internal reset signal(D46 bit = 1)
VC13 bit
Set to "1" by program (voltage detection circuit enabled)
VC27 bit
CM 10 bit
Interrupt acknowledged
Voltage detection interrupt request (D46 bit = 0) The above applies to the following conditions. D4INT register D40 = 1 (voltage detection interrupt enabled) D4INT register D41 = 1 (digital filter disabled mode) D4INT register D47 = 1 ( Vcc is below Vdet)
CM10 : CM1 register bit VC13 : VCR1 register bit VC27 : VCR2 register bit D46 : D4INT register bit
Sampling time : 4 cycles of sampling clock selected in DF0 bit to DF1 bit
Figure 5.11 Operation Example of Voltage Detection Circuit to get out of Stop mode (1)
5.0V Vdet VCC 1 x 32 fRING
Internal reset signal (D46 bit = 1) VC13 bit
Set to "1" by program (voltage detection circuit enabled)
VC27 bit
CM10 bit
Interrupt acknowledged
Voltage detection interrupt request (D46 bit = 0) The above applies to the following conditions. D4INT register D40 bit = 1 (voltage detection interrupt enabled) D4INT register D41 bit = 1 (use voltage detection interrupt to get out of stop mode) D4INT register D47 bit = 0 (Vcc is over Vdet) Sampling time : 4 cycles of sampling clock selected in DF0 bit to DF1 bit
CM10 : CN1 register bit VC13 : VCR1 register bit VC27 : VCR2 register bit D46 : D4INT register bit
Figure 5.12 Operation Example of Voltage Detection Circuit to get out of Stop mode (2)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 25 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit
5.4.1 Voltage Detection Interrupt Figure 5.13 shows the block diagram of voltage detection interrupt generation circuit. Refer to 5.4.2, "Exiting Stop Mode on a Voltage Detection Circuit" for Getting out of stop mode due to the voltage detection interrupt. A voltage detection interrupt is generated when the input voltage at the VCC pin rises to Vdet or more or drops below Vdet if all of the following conditions hold true in normal operation mode and wait mode. * The VC27 bit in the VCR2 register is set to "1" (voltage detection circuit enabled) * The D40 bit in the D4INT register is set to "1" (voltage detection interrupt enabled) * The D46 bit in the D4INT register is set "0" (voltage detection interrupt selected) To use the digital filter (D41 bit in the D4INT register is set to "0"), set the CM14 bit in the CM1 register to "0" (low-speed on-chip oscillator on). Figure 5.14 shows an operation example of voltage detection interrupt generation circuit. The voltage detection interrupt shares the interrupt vector with the watchdog timer interrupt and oscillation stop detection interrupt. The D42 bit in the D4INT register becomes "1" when passing through Vdet is detected after the voltage inputted to the VCC pin is up or down. A voltage detection interrupt request is generated when the D42 bit changes state from "0" to "1". The D42 bit needs to be set to "0" in a program. Table 5.2 lists the voltage detection interrupt request generation conditions. It takes 4 cycles of sampling clock until the D42 bit is set to "1" since the voltage which inputs to Vcc pin passes Vdet. It is possible to set the sampling clock detecting that the voltage applied to the VCC pin has passed through Vdet with the DF0 to DF1 bits in the D4INT register. Table 5.2 Voltage Detection Interrupt Request Generation Conditions
Operation mode Normal operation mode(1) VC27 bit 1 D40 bit 1 D41 bit 0 or 1 D42 bit 0 D46 bit 0 VC13 bit From 0 to 1(2) From 1 to 0(2) From 0 to 1(2) From 1 to 0(2) 0 CM14 bit
Wait mode
1
1
0 or 1
0
0
0
NOTES: 1. The status except the wait mode and stop mode is handled as the normal mode. (Refer to Chapter 6, "Clock Generation Circuit.") 2. Refer to Figure 5.14, "Operation Example of Voltage Detection Interrupt Generation Circuit" for interrupt generation timing.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 26 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit
Voltage detection circuit
Voltage detection interrupt generation circuit DF1 to DF0
=002 =012 =102 D42 bit is set to "0"(not detected) by writing a "0" in a program. When VC27 bit is set to "0" (voltage detection circuit disabled), D42 bit is set to "0" . Watchdog timer interrupt signal
VC27 fRING-S
VC13 VCC1 + Noise canceller 1/2 1/2 1/2
=112
Voltage detection Internal (Canceller width: 200 ns) signal reference voltage Voltage detection signal is "H" when VC27 bit= 0 (disabled)
Noise rejection circuit
Digital filter
D42
Voltage detection interrupt signal
D41
Oscillation stop detection interrupt signal
Non-maskable interrupt signal
CM10
Watchdog timer block
D43 D47
Watchdog timer underflow signal
D40
Hardware reset 2
D46
This bit is set to "0"(not detected) by writing a "0" in a program.
D40, D41, D42, D43, DF0, DF1, D46, D47: Bits in D4INT register VC13: Bit in VCR1 register VC27: Bit in VCR2 register
CM02: Bit in CM0 register CM10: Bit in CM1 register
Figure 5.13 Operation Detection Interrupt Generation Block
VCC
VC13 bit
sampling
sampling
sampling
sampling
No voltage detection interrupt signals are generated when D42 bit is "H". Output of digital filter(2) D42 bit Set D42 bit to "0" in a program (not detected) Voltage detection interrupt signal NOTES: 1. D40 is "1"(voltage detection interrupt enabled). 2. Output of the digital filter shown in Figure 5.11 Set D42 bit to "0" in a program (not detected)
D42: Bit in D4INT register VC13: Bit in VCR1 register
Figure 5.14 Voltage Detection Interrupt Generation Circuit Operation Example
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 27 of 205
R8C/13 Group
5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit
5.4.2 Exiting Stop Mode on a Voltage Detection Interrupt A voltage detection interrupt is generated when the input voltage at the VCC pin rises to Vdet or more or drops below Vdet if all of the following conditions hold true in stop mode. * The VC27 bit in the VCR2 register is set to "1" (voltage detection circuit enabled) * The D40 bit in the D4INT register is set to "1" (voltage detection interrupt enabled) * The D41 bit in the D4INT register is set "1" (digital filter disabled mode) * The D46 bit in the D4INT register is set "0" (voltage detection interrupt selected) The voltage detection interrupt shares the interrupt vector with the watchdog timer interrupt and oscillation stop detection interrupt. The D42 bit in the D4INT register becomes "1" when passing through Vdet is detected after the voltage inputted to the VCC pin is up or down. A voltage detection interrupt request is generated when the D42 bit changes state from "0" to "1". The D42 bit needs to be set to "0" in a program. Table 5.3 lists the voltage detection interrupt request generation conditions to get out of stop mode.
Table 5.3 Voltage Detection Interrupt Request Generation Conditions to get out of Stop mode
Operation mode Stop mode VC27 bit 1 D40 bit 1 D41 bit 1 D42 bit 0 D46 bit 0 D47 bit 0 or 1 VC13 bit From 0 to 1 From 1 to 0
NOTES: 1. The status except the wait mode and stop mode is handled as the normal mode. (Refer to Chapter 6, "Clock Generation Circuit.") 2. Refer to Figure 5.14, "Operation Example of Voltage Detection Interrupt Generation Circuit" for interrupt generation timing.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 28 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6. Clock Generating Circuit
6. Clock Generation Circuit
The clock generation circuit contains two oscillator circuits as follows: * Main clock oscillation circuit * On-chip oscillator (with oscillation stop detection function) Table 6.1 lists the clock generation circuit specifications. Figure 6.1 shows the clock generation circuit. Figures 6.2 to 6.4 show the clock-related registers. Table 6.1 Clock Generation Circuit Specifications
Item Use of clock Main clock oscillation circuit * CPU clock source * Peripheral function clock source On-chip oscillator High-speed on-chip oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator * CPU clock source * CPU clock source * Peripheral function clock source * Peripheral function clock source * CPU and peripheral function * CPU and peripheral function clock sources when the main clock sources when the main clock stops oscillating clock stops oscillating Approx. 8 MHz Approx. 125 kHz
Clock frequency Usable oscillator Pins to connect oscillator Oscillation starts and stops Oscillator status after reset Other
0 to 20 MHz * Ceramic resonator * Crystal oscillator XIN, XOUT(1)
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
Present Stopped Externally derived clock can be input
Present Stopped
Present Oscillating
NOTES: 1. Can be used as P46 and P47 when the on-chip oscillator clock is used for CPU clock while the main clock oscillation circuit is not used.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 29 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6. Clock Generating Circuit
High-speed on-chip oscillator control register 1 (7-bit) Frequency adjustable HR00
High-speed on-chip oscillator
fRING-fast
On-chip oscillator clock fRING fRING128
HR01=1 HR01=0
Low-speed on-chip oscillator
1/128 fRING-S Voltage detection circuit f1 f1SIO fAD f2 Oscillation stop detection f8 f8SIO f32
CM14
Peripheral function clock
Main clock CM10=1(Stop mode) SQ R RESET Hardware reset2 Power on reset Interrupt request level judgment output Voltage detective interrupt SQ R WAIT instruction R CM13 CM05 XOUT
OCD2=1
e a
b
c d
f32SIO
Divider
XIN
OCD2=0
CPU clock
CM02
e a
1/2 1/2 1/2
b
1/2 1/2
c
CM06=0 CM17 to CM16=112 CM06=1
CM06=0 CM17 to CM16=102 CM06=0 CM17 to CM16=012 CM06=0 CM17 to CM16=002
d
CM02, CM05, CM06: Bits in CM0 register CM10, CM13, CM14, CM16, CM17: Bits in CM1 register OCD0, OCD1, OCD2: Bits in OCD register HR00, HR01: Bits in HR0 register
Details of divider
Oscillation stop detection circuit
Forcible discharge when OCD0(1)=0 Pulse generation circuit for clock edge detection and charge, discharge control circuit
Main clock
Charge, discharge circuit OCD1(1)
Oscillation stop detection interrupt generation circuit Watchdog timer interrupt OCD2 bit switch signal CM14 bit switch signal
Oscillation stop detection, Watchdog timer, Voltage detection interrupt
NOTES: 1. Set the same value to the OCD1 bit and OCD0 bit.
Figure 6.1 Clock Generation Circuit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 30 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6. Clock Generating Circuit
System clock control register 0 (1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
01
00
Symbol CM0 Bit symbol
(b1-b0) CM02 (b3) (b4) CM05 CM06 (b7)
Address 000616 Bit name
Reserved bit WAIT peripheral function clock stop bit Reserved bit Reserved bit Main clock (XIN-XOUT)stop bit(2, 4) CPU clock division select bit 0(5) Reserved bit
After reset 6816 Function
Set to "0" 0 : Do not stop peripheral function clock in wait mode 1 : Stop peripheral function clock in wait mode Set to "1" Set to "0" 0 : On 1 : Off(3) 0 : CM16 and CM17 valid 1 : Divide-by-8 mode Set to "0"
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC0 bit of PRCR register to "1" (write enable) before writing to this register. 2. The CM05 bit is provided to stop the main clock when the on-chip oscillator mode is selected. This bit cannot be used for detection as to whether the main clock stopped or not. To stop the main clock, the following setting is required: (1) Set the OCD0 and OCD1 bits in the OCD register to "002" (disable oscillation stop detection function). (2) Set the OCD2 bit to "1" (on-chip oscillator clock selection). 3. Set the CM05 bit to "1" (main clock stops) and the CM13 bit in the CM1 register to "1" (XIN-XOUT pin) when the external clock is input. 4. When the CM05 bit is set to "1" (main clock stop), P46 and P47 can be used as input ports. 5. When entering stop mode from high or middle speed mode, the CM06 bit is set to "1" (divide-by-8 mode).
System clock control register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol CM1 Bit symbol
CM10 (b1) (b2) CM13 CM14 CM15 CM16 CM17
Address 000716 Bit name
All clock stop control bit(4,7) Reserved bit Reserved bit Port XIN-XOUT switch bit(7) Low-speed on-chip oscillation stop bit(5, 6) XIN-XOUT drive capacity select bit(2) CPU clock division select bit 1(3)
After reset 2016 Function
0 : Clock on 1 : All clocks off (stop mode) Set to "0" Set to "0" 0 : Input port P46, P47 1 : XIN-XOUT pin 0 : Low-speed on-chip oscillator on 1 : Low-speed on-chip oscillator off 0 : LOW 1 : HIGH
b7 b6
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
0 0 : No division mode 0 1 : Division by 2 mode 1 0 : Division by 4 mode 1 1 : Division by 16 mode
NOTES: 1. Write to this register after setting the PRC0 bit of PRCR register to "1" (write enable). 2. When entering stop mode from high or middle speed mode, the CM15 bit is set to "1" (drive capacity high). 3. Effective when the CM06 bit is "0" (CM16 and CM17 bits enable). 4. If the CM10 bit is "1" (stop mode), the internal feedback resistor becomes ineffective. 5. The CM14 bit can be set to "1" (low-speed on-chip oscillator off) if the OCD2 bit=0 (main clock selected). When the OCD2 bit is set to "1" (selecting on-chip oscillator clock), the CM14 bit is set to "0" (low-speed on-chip oscillator on). This bit remains unchanged when "1" is written. 6. When using voltage detection interrupt circuit, CM14 bit is set to "0" 7. When the CM10 bit is set to "1" (stop mode) or the CM05 bit in the CM0 register to "1" (main clock stops) and the CM13 bit is set to "1" (XIN-XOUT pin), the XOUT (P47) pin becomes "H". When the CM13 bit is set to "0" (input ports P46 P47) the P47 (XOUT) enters input mode
Figure 6.2 CM0 Register and CM1 Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 31 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6. Clock Generating Circuit
Oscillation stop detection register (1)
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
0000
Symbol OCD Bit symbol
OCD0 OCD1 OCD2 OCD3 (b7-b4)
Address 000C16 Bit name
Oscillation stop detection enable bit
After reset 0416 Function
b1 b0
RW RW
0 0: The function is disabled(4) 0 1: Do not set 1 0: Do not set 1 1: The function is enabled(7)
System clock select bit(6) Clock monitor bit(3, 5) Reserved bit
0: Select main clock(7) RW 1: Select on-chip oscillator clock(2) 0: Main clock on RO 1: Main clock off Set to "0"
RW
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to "1" (write enable) before rewriting this register. 2. The OCD2 bit is set to "1" (selecting on-chip oscillator clock) automatically if a main clock oscillation stop is detected while the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to "112" (oscillation stop detection function enabled). If the OCD3 bit is set to "1" (main clock stops), the OCD2 bit remains unchanged when trying to write "0" (main clock selected). 3. The OCD3 bit is enabled when the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to "112" (oscillation stop detection function enabled). 4. The OCD1 to OCD0 bits should be set to "002" (oscillation stop detection function disabled) before entering stop mode or on-chip oscillator (main clock stops). 5. The OCD3 bit remains set to "0" (main clock on) if the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are set to "002". 6. The CM14 bit goes to "0" (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) if the OCD2 bit is set to "1" (on-chip oscillator clock selected). 7. Refer to Figure 6.7 "switching clock source from low-speed on-chip oscillator to main clock" for the switching procedure when the main clock re-oscillates after detecting an oscillation stop.
Figure 6.3 OCD Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 32 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6. Clock Generating Circuit
High-speed on-chip oscillator control register 0 (3)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
00
0
0
0
Symbol HR0 Bit symbol
HR00 HR01
Address 000816 Bit name
High-speed on-chip oscillator enable bit High-speed on-chip oscillator select bit(1)
After reset 0016 Function
0: High-speed on-chip oscillator off 1: High-speed on-chip oscillator on 0: Low-speed on-chip oscillator selected(2) 1: High-speed on-chip oscillator selected
RW RW RW
Reserved bit Set to "0" RW (b7-b2) NOTES: 1. The HR01 bit should be changed under the following conditions. * HR00 = 1 (high-speed on-chip oscillator on) * CM1 register CM14 bit = 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator on) 2. When writing "0"(low-speed on-chip oscillator selected) to the HR01 bit, do not write "0"(high-speed on-chip oscillator stops) to the HR00 bit simultaneously. Set the HR00 bit to "0" after setting the HR01 bit to "0". 3. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to "1" (write enable) before rewriting this register.
High-speed on-chip oscillator control register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
(1)
0
Symbol HR1
Address 000B16
After reset 4016 Function RW RW
The frequency of high-speed on-chip oscillator is adjusted with bits 0 to bits 6. Period of high-speed on-chip oscillator = td(HR offset) + (64 b6 + 32 b5 + 16 b4 + 8 b3 + 4 b2 + 2 b1 + b0) td(HR) Bit 7 should be set to "0". NOTES: 1. Set the PRC0 bit in the PRCR register to "1" (write enable) before rewriting this register.
Figure 6.4 HR0 Register and HR1 Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 33 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6.1 Main Clock
The following describes the clocks generated by the clock generation circuit.
6.1 Main Clock
This clock is supplied by a main clock oscillation circuit. This clock is used as the clock source for the CPU and peripheral function clocks. The main clock oscillator circuit is configured by connecting a resonator between the XIN and XOUT pins. The main clock oscillator circuit contains a feedback resistor, which is disconnected from the oscillator circuit during stop mode in order to reduce the amount of power consumed in the chip. The main clock oscillator circuit may also be configured by feeding an externally generated clock to the XIN pin. Figure 6.5 shows examples of main clock connection circuit. During reset and after reset, the main clock is turned off. The main clock starts oscillating when the CM05 bit in the CM0 register is set to "0" (main clock on) after setting the CM13 bit in the CM1 register to "1" (XIN- XOUT pin). To use the main clock for the CPU clock, set the OCD2 bit in the OCD register to "0" (selecting main clock) after the main clock becomes oscillating stably. The power consumption can be reduced by setting the CM05 bit in the CM0 register to "1" (main clock off) if the OCD2 bit is set to "1" (on-chip oscillator clock selected). Note that if an externally generated clock is fed into the XIN pin, the main clock cannot be turned off by setting the CM05 bit to "1". If necessary, use an external circuit to turn off the clock. During stop mode, all clocks including the main clock are turned off. Refer to Section 6.4, "Power Control."
Microcomputer
(Built-in feedback resistor)
Microcomputer
(Built-in feedback resistor)
XIN
XOUT
XIN
XOUT Open
Rd(1) Externally derived clock CIN COUT Vcc Vss
NOTES: 1. Insert a damping resistor if required. The resistance will vary depending on the oscillator and the oscillation drive capacity setting. Use the value recommended by the maker of the oscillator. When the oscillation drive capacity is set to low, check that oscillation is stable. Also, if the oscillator manufacturer's data sheet specifies that a feedback resistor be added external to the chip, insert a feedback resistor between XIN and XOUT following the instruction.
Figure 6.5 Examples of Main Clock Connection Circuit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 34 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6.2 On-chip Oscillator Clock
6.2 On-Chip Oscillator Clock
This clock is supplied by a on-chip oscillator. There are two kinds of on-chip oscillator: high-speed onchip oscillator and low-speed on-chip oscillator. These oscillators are selected by the bit HR01 bit in the HR0 register. 6.2.1 Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock The clock derived from the low-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the clock source for the CPU clock, peripheral function clock, fRING, fRING128 and fRING-S. After reset, the on-chip oscillator clock derived from low-speed on-chip oscillator by divided by 8 is selected for the CPU clock. If the main clock stops oscillating when the OCD1 to OCD0 bits in the OCD register are "112" (oscillation stop detection function enabled), the low-speed on-chip oscillator automatically starts operating, supplying the necessary clock for the microcomputer. The frequency of the low-speed on-chip oscillator varies depending on the supply voltage and the operation ambient temperature. The application products must be designed with sufficient margin for the frequency change. 6.2.2 High-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock The clock derived from high-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the clock source for the CPU clock, peripheral function clock, fRING, fRING128, and fRING1-fast. After reset, the on-chip oscillator clock derived from high-speed on-chip oscillator is halted. The oscillation is started by setting the HR00 bit in the HR0 register to "1" (high-speed on-chip oscillator on). The frequency can be adjusted by the HR1 register. The relationship between the value of HR1 register and the period of high-speed on-chip oscillator is shown below. It is noted that the difference in delay between the bits should be adjusted by changing each bit. Bit 7 should be set be "0". Period of high-speed on-chip oscillator = td(HR offset) + (64 b6 + 32 b5 + 16 b4 + 8 b3 + 4 b2 + 2 b1 + b0) td(HR) b0 to b6 : Bits in HR1 register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 35 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6.3 CPU Clock and Peripheral Function Clock
6.3 CPU Clock and Peripheral Function Clock
There are two types of clocks: CPU clock to operate the CPU and peripheral function clock to operate the peripheral functions. Also refer to "Figure 6.1 Clock Generating Circuit". 6.3.1 CPU Clock This is an operating clock for the CPU and watchdog timer. The clock source for the CPU clock can be chosen to be the main clock or on-chip oscillator clock. The selected clock source can be divided by 1 (undivided), 2, 4, 8 or 16 to produce the CPU clock. Use the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM17 to CM16 bits in the CM1 register to select the divideby-n value. After reset, the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock divided by 8 provides the CPU clock. Note that when entering stop mode from high or middle speed mode, the CM06 bit is set to "1" (divideby-8 mode). 6.3.2 Peripheral Function Clock (f1, f2, f8, f32, fAD, f1SIO, f8SIO, f32SIO, fRING, fRING128) These are operating clocks for the peripheral functions. Of these, fi (i=1, 2, 8, 32) is derived from the main clock or on-chip oscillator clock by dividing them by i. The clock fi is used for timers X, Y, Z and C. The clock fjSIO (j=1, 8, 32) is derived from the main clock or on-chip oscillator clock by dividing them by j. The clock fjSIO is used for serial interface. The fAD clock is produced from the main clock or the on-chip oscillator clock and is used for the A/D converter. When the WAIT instruction is executed after setting the CM02 bit in the CM0 register to "1" (peripheral function clock turned off during wait mode), the clocks fi, fjSIO, and fAD are turned off. 6.3.3 fRING and fRING128 These are operating clocks for the peripheral functions. The fRING runs at the same frequency as the on-chip oscillator, and can be used as the souce for the timer Y. The fRING128 is derived from the fRING by dividing it by 128, and can be used for Timer C. When the WAIT instruction is executed, the clocks fRING and fRING128 are not turned off. 6.3.4 fRING-fast This is used as the count source for the timer C. The fRING-fast is derived from the high-speed on-chip oscillator and provided by setting the HR00 bit to "1" (high-speed on-chip oscillator on). When the WAIT instruction is executed, the clock fRING-fast is not turned off.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 36 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6.4 Power Control
6.4 Power Control
There are three power control modes. All modes other than wait and stop modes are referred to as normal operation mode. 6.4.1 Normal Operation Mode Normal operation mode is further classified into four modes. In normal operation mode, because the CPU clock and the peripheral function clocks both are on, the CPU and the peripheral functions are operating. Power control is exercised by controlling the CPU clock frequency. The higher the CPU clock frequency, the greater the processing capability. The lower the CPU clock frequency, the smaller the power consumption in the chip. If the unnecessary oscillator circuits are turned off, the power consumption is further reduced. Before the clock sources for the CPU clock can be switched over, the new clock source to which switched must be oscillating stably. If the new clock source is the main clock, allow a sufficient wait time in a program until it becomes oscillating stably. * High-speed Mode The main clock divided by 1 (undivided) provides the CPU clock. If the CM14 bit is set to "0" (lowspeed on-chip oscillator on) or the HR00 bit in the HR0 register is set to "1" (high-speed on-chip oscillator on), the fRING and fRING128 can be used for timers Y and C. When the HR00 bit is set to "1", fRING-fast can be used for timer C. * Medium-speed Mode The main clock divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 provides the CPU clock. If the CM14 bit is set to "0" (lowspeed on-chip oscillator on) or the HR00 bit in the HR0 register is set to "1" (high-speed on-chip oscillator on), the fRING and fRING128 can be used for timers Y and C. When the HR00 bit is set to "1", fRING-fast can be used for timer C. * High-speed, Low-speed, On-Chip Oscillator Mode The on-chip oscillator clock divided by 1 (undivided), 2, 4, 8 or 16 provides the CPU clock. The onchip oscillator clock is also the clock source for the peripheral function clocks. When the HR00 bit is set to "1", fRING-fast can be used for timer C.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 37 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6.4 Power Control
Table 6.2 Setting Clock Related Bit and Modes
Modes High-speed mode Mediumdivided by 2 speed divided by 4 mode divided by 8 divided by 16 High-speed, low-speed on-chip oscillator mode(1) no division divided by 2 divided by 4 divided by 8 divided by 16 OCD register OCD2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 CM1 register CM17, CM16 CM13 002 1 012 1 102 1 1 112 1 002 012 102 112 CM0 register CM06 CM05 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1
NOTES: 1. The low-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the on-chip oscillator clock when the CM1 register CM14 bit=0 (lowspeed on-chip oscillator on) and HR0 register HR01 bit=0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator selected). The high-speed on-chip oscillator is used as the on-chip oscillator clock when the HR0 register HR00 bit=1 (high-speed on-chip oscillator on) and HR01 bit=1 (high-speed on-chip oscillator selected).
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 38 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6.4 Power Control
6.4.2 Wait Mode In wait mode, the CPU clock is turned off, so are the CPU and the watchdog timer because both are operated by the CPU clock. Because the main clock and on-chip oscillator clock both are on, the peripheral functions using these clocks keep operating. * Peripheral Function Clock Stop Function If the CM02 bit is "1" (peripheral function clocks turned off during wait mode), the f1, f2, f8, f32, f1SIO, f8SIO, f32SIO, and fAD clocks are turned off when in wait mode, with the power consumption reduced that much. * Entering Wait Mode The microcomputer is placed into wait mode by executing the WAIT instruction. * Pin Status During Wait Mode The status before wait mode is retained. * Exiting Wait Mode The microcomputer is moved out of wait mode by a hardware reset or peripheral function interrupt. When using a hardware reset to exit wait mode, set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits for the peripheral function interrupts to "0002" (interrupts disabled) before executing the WAIT instruction. The peripheral function interrupts are affected by the CM02 bit. If CM02 bit is "0" (peripheral function clocks not turned off during wait mode), all peripheral function interrupts can be used to exit wait mode. If CM02 bit is "1" (peripheral function clocks turned off during wait mode), the peripheral functions using the peripheral function clocks stop operating, so that only the peripheral functions clocked by external signals can be used to exit from wait mode. Table 6. 3 lists the interrupts to exit wait mode and the usage conditions. When using a peripheral function interrupt to exit wait mode, set up the following before executing the WAIT instruction. 1. In the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits in the interrupt control register, set the interrupt priority level of the peripheral function interrupt to be used to exit wait mode. Also, for all of the peripheral function interrupts not used to exit wait mode, set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits to "0002" (interrupt disable). 2. Set the I flag to "1". 3. Enable the peripheral function whose interrupt is to be used to exit wait mode. In this case, when an interrupt request is generated and the CPU clock is thereby turned on, an interrupt sequence is executed. The CPU clock turned on when exiting wait mode by a peripheral function interrupt is the same CPU clock that was on when the WAIT instruction was executed. Table 6.3 Interrupts to Exit Wait Mode and Usage Conditions
Interrupt Serial interface interrupt Key input interrupt A/D conversion interrupt Timer X interrupt Timer Y interrupt Timer Z interrupt Timer C interrupt INT interrupt Voltage detection interrupt Oscillation stop detection interrupt CM02=0 Can be used when operating with internal or external clock Can be used Can be used in one-shot mode Can be used in all modes Can be used in all modes Can be used in all modes Can be used in all modes Can be used Can be used Can be used CM02=1 Can be used when operating with external clock Can be used (Do not use) Can be used in event counter mode Can be used when counting inputs from CNTR1 pin in timer mode (Do not use) (Do not use) Can be used (INT0 and INT3 can be used if there is no filter. Can be used (Do not use)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 39 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6.4 Power Control
6.4.3 Stop Mode In stop mode, all oscillator circuits are turned off, so are the CPU clock and the peripheral function clocks. Therefore, the CPU and the peripheral functions clocked by these clocks stop operating. The least amount of power is consumed in this mode. If the voltage applied to Vcc pin is VRAM or more, the internal RAM is retained. However, the peripheral functions clocked by external signals keep operating. The following interrupts can be used to exit stop mode. * Key interrupt ______ ______ ______ * INT0 to INT2 interrupts (INT0 can be used only when there is no filter.) * INT3 interrupt (INT3 can be used when there is no filter and Timer C output compare mode (the TCC13 bit in the TCC1 register is set to "1") * Timer X interrupt (when counting external pulses in event counter mode) * Timer Y interrupt (when counting inputs from CNTR1 pin in timer mode) * Serial interfaces interrupt (when external clock is selected) * Voltage detection interrupt * Entering Stop Mode The microcomputer is placed into stop mode by setting the CM10 bit of CM1 register to "1" (all clocks turned off). At the same time, the CM06 bit of CM0 register is set to "1" (divide-by-8 mode) and the CM15 bit of CM10 register is set to "1" (main clock oscillator circuit drive capability high). Before entering stop mode, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to "002" (oscillation stop detection function disable). * Pin Status in Stop Mode The status before wait mode is retained. However, the XOUT(P47) pin is held "H" when the CM13 bit in the CM1 register is set to "1" (XIN-XOUT pin). The P47(XOUT) is in input state when the CM13 bit is set to "0" (input port P46, P47). * Exiting Stop Mode The microcomputer is moved out of stop mode by a hardware reset or peripheral function interrupt. When using a hardware reset to exit stop mode, set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits for the peripheral function interrupts to "0002" (interrupts disabled) before setting the CM10 bit to "1". When using a peripheral function interrupt to exit stop mode, set up the following before setting the CM10 bit to "1". 1. In the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits in the interrupt control register, set the interrupt priority level of the peripheral function interrupt to be used to exit stop mode. Also, for all of the peripheral function interrupts not used to exit stop mode, set the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits to "0002". 2. Set the I flag to "1". 3. Enable the peripheral function whose interrupt is to be used to exit stop mode. In this case, when an interrupt request is generated and the CPU clock is thereby turned on, an interrupt sequence is executed. The main clock divided by 8 of the clock which is used right before stop mode is used for the CPU clock when exiting stop mode by a peripheral function interrupt.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 40 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6.4 Power Control
Figure 6.6 shows the state transition of power control.
Reset
C OCM14 D2 =0, =1 HR 01 C =0 OCM13 , D2 =1, =0 CM 05 =0 ,
Low-speed On-chip Oscillator Mode OCD2=1 HR01=0 CM14=0 There are six power control modes. (1) High-speed mode (2) Middle-speed mode (3) High-speed on-chip oscillator mode (4) Low-speed on-chip oscillator mode (5) Wait mode (6) Stop mode
CM14=0, HR01=0
High-speed On-chip Oscillator Mode OCD2=1 HR01=1 HR00=1
HR00=1, HR01=1
High-speed Mode, Middle-speed mode OCD2=0 CM05=0 CM13=1
1, 1= R0 ,H 0, =1 00 =1 5= HR CD2 M0 O ,C =1 13 =0 CMCD2 O
CM05: Bit in CM0 register CM10, CM13, CM14: Bit in CM1 register OCD2: Bit in OCD register HR00, HR01: Bit in HR0 register
Interrupt
WAIT Instruction
Interrupt
CM10=1 (All clocks stop)
Wait Mode
Stop Mode
Figure 6.6 State Transition of Power Control
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 41 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6.5 Oscillation Stop Detection Function
6.5 Oscillation Stop Detection Function
The oscillation stop detection function is such that main clock oscillation circuit stop is detected. The oscillation stop detection function can be enabled and disabled by the OCD1 to OCD0 bits in the OCD register. Table 6.4 lists the specifications of the oscillation stop detection function. Where the main clock corresponds to the CPU clock source and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits are "112" (oscillation stop detection function enabled), the system is placed in the following state if the main clock comes to a halt: * OCD register OCD2 bit = 1 (selecting on-chip oscillator clock) * OCD register OCD3 bit = 1 (main clock stopped) * CM1 register CM14 bit = 0 (low-speed on-chip oscillator oscillating) * Oscillation stop detection interrupt request occurs Table 6.4 Oscillation Stop Detection Function Specifications Item Specification Oscillation stop detectable clock and f(XIN) 2 MHz frequency bandwidth Enabling condition for oscillation stop Set OCD1 to OCD0 bits to "112" (oscillation stop detection detection function function enabled) Operation at oscillation stop detection Oscillation stop detection interrupt occurs
6.5.1 How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function * The oscillation stop detection interrupt shares the vector with the watchdog timer interrupt. If the oscillation stop detection and watchdog timer interrupts both are used, the interrupt factor must be determined. Table 6.5 shows how to determine the interrupt factor with the oscillation stop detection interrupt, watchdog timer interrupt and voltage detection interrupt. * Where the main clock re-oscillated after oscillation stop, the clock source for the CPU clock and peripheral functions must be switched to the main clock in the program. Figure 6.7 shows the procedure for switching the clock source from the low-speed on-chip oscillator to the main clock. * To enter wait mode while using the oscillation stop detection function, set the CM02 bit to "0" (peripheral function clocks not turned off during wait mode). * Since the oscillation stop detection function is provided in preparation for main clock stop due to external factors, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to "002" (oscillation stop detection function disabled) where the main clock is stopped or oscillated in the program, that is where the stop mode is selected or the CM05 bit is altered. * This function cannot be used when the main clock frequency is below 2 MHz. Set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to "002" (oscillation stop detection function disabled). * When using the low-speed on-chip oscillator clock for the CPU clock and clock sources of peripheral functions after detecting the oscillation stop, set the HR01 bit in the HR0 register to "0" (low-speed on-chip oscillator selected) and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to "112" (oscillation stop detection function enabled). When using the high-speed on-chip oscillator clock for the CPU clock and clock sources of peripheral functions after detecting the oscillation stop, set the HR01 bit to "1" (high-speed on-chip oscillator selected) and the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to "112" (oscillation stop detection function enabled).
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 42 of 205
R8C/13 Group
6.5 Oscillation Stop Detection Function
Table 6.5 Interrupt Factor Determination of Oscillation Stop Detection, Watchdog Timer Interrupt or Voltage Detection Interrupt Generated Interrupt Factor Oscillation stop detection ( (a) or (b) ) Watchdog timer Voltage detection Bit showing interrupt source (a) The OCD3 bit in the OCD register = 1 (b) The OCD1 to OCD0 bits in the OCD register = 112 and the OCD2 bit = 1 The D43 bit in the D4INT register = 1 The D42 bit in the D4INT register = 1
Switch to Main clock
Verify OCD3 bit
1(main clock stop)
0(main clock oscillating) Determine several times Determine several times that the main clock is supplied Set OCD1 to OCD0 bits to 002 (oscillation stop detection function disabled)
Set OCD2 bit to 0 (selecting main clock)
End OCD3 to OCD0 bits: Bits in OCD register
Figure 6.7 Switching Clock Source From Low-speed On-Chip Oscillator to Main Clock
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 43 of 205
R8C/13 Group
7. Protection
7. Protection
In the event that a program runs out of control, this function protects the important registers so that they will not be rewritten easily. Figure 7.1 shows the PRCR register. The following lists the registers protected by the PRCR register. * Registers protected by PRC0 bit: CM0, CM1, and OCD, HR0, HR1 registers * Registers protected by PRC1 bit: PM0 and PM1 registers * Registers protected by PRC2 bit: PD0 register * Registers protected by PRC3 bit: VCR2 and D4INT registers Set the PRC2 bit to "1" (write enabled) and then write to any address, and the PRC2 bit will be set to "0" (write protected). The registers protected by the PRC2 bit should be changed in the next instruction after setting the PRC2 bit to "1". Make sure no interrupts will occur between the instruction in which the PRC2 bit is set to "1" and the next instruction. The PRC0,PRC1 and PRC3 bsits are not automatically set to "0" by writing to any address. They can only be set to "0" in a program.
Protect register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol PRCR Bit symbol
PRC0
Address 000A16 Bit name
Protect bit 0
After reset 00XXX0002 Function
Enable write to CM0, CM1, OCD, HR0, HR1 registers 0 : Write protected 1 : Write enabled Enable write to PM0, PM1 registers 0 : Write protected 1 : Write enabled Enable write to PD0 register
RW
RW
PRC1
Protect bit 1
RW
PRC2
Protect bit 2
0 : Write protected 1 : Write enabled1 Enable write to VCR2, D4INT registers 0 : Write protected 1 : Write enabled When write, should set to "0" When read, its content is "0".
RW
PRC3
Protect bit 3
RW
(b5-b4) (b7-b6)
Reserved bit Reserved bit
RW RO
NOTES: 1. The PRC2 bit is set to "0" by writing to any address after setting it to "1". Other bits are not set to "0" by writing to any address, and must therefore be set to "0" in a program.
Figure 7.1 PRCR Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 44 of 205
R8C/13 Group
8. Processor Mode
8. Processor Mode
8.1 Types of Processor Mode
The processor mode is single-chip mode. Table 8.1 shows the features of the processor mode. Figure 8.1 shows the PM0 and PM1 register.
Table 8.1 Features of Processor Mode
Processor mode Single-chip mode Access space SFR, internal RAM, internal ROM Pins which are assigned I/O ports All pins are I/O ports or peripheral function I/O pins
Processor mode register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
000
Symbol PM0
Address 000416
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
(b2-b0) PM03
Bit name
Reserved bit Software reset bit Set to "0"
Function
RW RW RW
Setting this bit to "1" resets the microcomputer. When read, its content is "0".
(b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is "0".
NOTES: 1. Set the PRC1 bit in the PRCR register to "1" (write enable) before writing to this register.
Processor mode register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol PM1
Address 000516
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
PM10 (b1) PM12
Bit name
Data area access enable bit Reserved bit WDT interrupt/reset switch bit(2)
Function
0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled Set to "0" 0 : Watchdog timer interrupt 1 : Watchdog timer reset(2)
RW RW RW RW
(b6-b3)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is 0.
Set to "0" Reserved bit (b7) NOTES: 1. Set the PRC1 bit in the PRCR register to "1" (write enable) before writing to this register. 2. PM12 bit is set to "1" by writing a "1" in a program. (Writing a "0" has no effect.)
RW
Figure 8.1 PM0 Register and PM1 Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 45 of 205
R8C/13 Group
9. Bus
9. Bus
During access, the ROM/RAM and the SFR have different bus cycles. Table 9.1 shows bus cycles for access space. The ROM/RAM and SFR are connected to the CPU through an 8-bit bus. When accessing in word (16 bits) units, these spaces are accessed twice in 8-bit units. Table 9.2 shows bus cycles in each access space.
Table 9.1 Bus Cycles for Access Space Access space Bus cycle SFR/Data flash 2 CPU clock cycles Program ROM/RAM 1 CPU clock cycles
Table 9.2 Access Unit and Bus Operation
Space Even address byte access SFR, Data flash Program ROM/RAM
CPU clock
Address Even Data
CPU clock
Address Even Data
Data
Odd address byte access
Data CPU clock
CPU clock
Address Odd Data
Address
Odd Data
Data
Even address word access
Data CPU clock
CPU clock
Address Even Data Even+1 Data
Address
Even Data
Even+1 Data
Data
Odd address word access
Data CPU clock
CPU clock
Address Odd Data Odd+1 Data
Address
Odd Data
Odd+1 Data
Data
Data
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 46 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
10. Interrupt
10.1 Interrupt Overview
10.1.1 Type of Interrupts Figure 10.1 shows types of interrupts.
Software (Non-maskable interrupt)
Hardware
Watchdog timer Oscillation stop detection Special Voltage detection (Non-maskable interrupt) Single step(2) Address match Peripheral function(1) (Maskable interrupt)
NOTES: 1. Peripheral function interrupts are generated by the peripheral functions built in the microcomputer system. 2. Avoid using this interrupt because this is a dedicated interrupt for development support tools only. Figure 10.1 Interrupts
* Maskable Interrupt: An interrupt which can be enabled (disabled) by the interrupt enable flag (I flag) or whose interrupt priority can be changed by priority level. * Non-maskable Interrupt: An interrupt which cannot be enabled (disabled) by the interrupt enable flag (I flag) or whose interrupt priority cannot be changed by priority level.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 47 of 205

Interrupt

Undefined instruction (UND instruction) Overflow (INTO instruction) BRK instruction INT instruction

R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
10.1.2 Software Interrupts A software interrupt occurs when executing certain instructions. Software interrupts are nonmaskable interrupts. * Undefined Instruction Interrupt An undefined instruction interrupt occurs when executing the UND instruction. * Overflow Interrupt An overflow interrupt occurs when executing the INTO instruction with the O flag set to "1" (the operation resulted in an overflow). The following are instructions whose O flag changes by arithmetic: ABS, ADC, ADCF, ADD, CMP, DIV, DIVU, DIVX, NEG, RMPA, SBB, SHA, SUB * BRK Interrupt A BRK interrupt occurs when executing the BRK instruction. * INT Instruction Interrupt An INT instruction interrupt occurs when executing the INT instruction. Software interrupt numbers 0 to 63 can be specified for the INT instruction. Because software interrupt Nos. 4 to 31 are assigned to peripheral function interrupts, the same interrupt routine as for peripheral function interrupts can be executed by executing the INT instruction. In software interrupt numbers 0 to 31, the U flag is saved to the stack during instruction execution and is cleared to "0" (ISP selected) before executing an interrupt sequence. The U flag is restored from the stack when returning from the interrupt routine. In software interrupt numbers 32 to 63, the U flag does not change state during instruction execution, and the SP then selected is used.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 48 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
10.1.3 Hardware Interrupts Hardware interrupts are classified into two types -- special interrupts and peripheral function interrupts. (1) Special Interrupts Special interrupts are non-maskable interrupts. * Watchdog Timer Interrupt Generated by the watchdog timer. Once a watchdog timer interrupt is generated, be sure to initialize the watchdog timer. For details about the watchdog timer, refer to Chapter 11, "Watchdog Timer." * Oscillation Stop Detection Interrupt Generated by the oscillation stop detection function. For details about the oscillation stop detection function, refer to Chapter 6, "Clock Generation Circuit." * Voltage Detection Interrupt Generated by the voltage detection circuit. For details about the voltage detection circuit, refer to Section 5.4, "Voltage Detection Circuit." * Single-step Interrupt Do not normally use this interrupt because it is provided exclusively for use by development support tools. * Address Match Interrupt An address match interrupt is generated immediately before executing the instruction at the address indicated by the RMAD0 to RMAD1 register that corresponds to one of the AIER register's AIER0 or AIER1 bit which is "1" (address match interrupt enabled). For details about the address match interrupt, refer to Section 10.4, "Address Match Interrupt." (2) Peripheral Function Interrupts Peripheral function interrupts are maskable interrupts and generated by the microcomputer's internal functions. The interrupt factors for peripheral function interrupts are listed in Table 10.2. "Relocatable Vector Tables". For details about the peripheral functions, refer to the description of each peripheral function in this manual.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 49 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
10.1.4 Interrupts and Interrupt Vector One interrupt vector consists of 4 bytes. Set the start address of each interrupt routine in the respective interrupt vectors. When an interrupt request is accepted, the CPU branches to the address set in the corresponding interrupt vector. Figure 10.2 shows the interrupt vector.
MSB
LSB Low address Mid address 0000 High address 0000
(Note 1)
Vector address (L)
Vector address (H)
0000
NOTES: 1. The OFS register is assigned to the 0FFFF16 address. Refer to "Figure11.2 OFS, WDC, WDTR and WDTS registers" for the OFS register details.
Figure 10.2 Interrupt Vector * Fixed Vector Tables The fixed vector tables are allocated to the addresses from 0FFDC16 to 0FFFF16. Table 10.1 lists the fixed vector tables. In the flash memory version of microcomputer, the vector addresses (H) of fixed vectors are used by the ID code check function. For details, refer to Section 17.3, "Functions to Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting." Table 10.1 Fixed Vector Tables Interrupt factor Vector addresses Remarks Address (L) to address (H) Undefined instruction 0FFDC16 to 0FFDF16 Interrupt on UND instruction Overflow 0FFE016 to 0FFE316 Interrupt on INTO instruction If the contents of address BRK instruction 0FFE416 to 0FFE716 0FFE716 is FF16, program execution starts from the address shown by the vector in the relocatable vector table. Address match 0FFE816 to 0FFEB16 Single step(1) * Watchdog timer * Oscillation stop detection * Voltage detection 0FFEC16 to 0FFEF16 0FFF016 to 0FFF316
Reference R8C/Tiny Series software manual
18.1 Address match interrupt 11. Watchdog timer 6. Clock generation circuit 5.4Voltage detection circuit
(Reserved) 0FFF416 to 0FFF716 (Reserved) 0FFF816 to 0FFFB16 Reset 0FFFC16 to 0FFFF16 Reset NOTES: 1. Do not normally use this interrupt because it is provided exclusively for use by development support tools.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 50 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
* Relocatable Vector Tables The 256 bytes beginning with the start address set in the INTB register comprise a reloacatable vector table area. Table 10.2 lists interrupts and vector tables located in the relocatable vector table.
Table 10.2 Relocatable Vector Tables
Interrupt factor BRK instruction(2) (Reserved) Key input A/D Conversion (Reserved) Compare 1 UART0 transmit UART0 receive UART1 transmit UART1 receive INT2 Timer X Timer Y Timer Z INT1 INT3 Timer C Compare 0 INT0 (Reserved) (Reserved) Software interrupt(2) +128 to +131 (008016 to 008316) to +252 to +255 (00FC16 to 00FF16) +64 to +67 (004016 to 004316) +68 to +71 (004416 to 004716) +72 to +75 (004816 to 004B16) +76 to +79 (004C16 to 004F16) +80 to +83 (005016 to 005316) +84 to +87 (005416 to 005716) +88 to +91 (005816 to 005B16) +92 to +95 (005C16 to 005F16) +96 to +99 (006016 to 006316) +100 to +103 (006416 to 006716) +104 to +107 (006816 to 006B16) +108 to +111 (006C16 to 006F16) +112 to +115 (007016 to 007316) +116 to +119 (007416 to 007716) +52 to +55 (003416 to 003716) +56 to +59 (003816 to 003B16) Vector address(1) Address (L) to address (H) +0 to +3 (000016 to 000316) Software interrupt number 0 1 to 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 to 63 R8C/Tiny Series software manual 10.2.3 INT interrupt 12.1 Timer X 12.2 Timer Y 12.3 Timer Z 10.2.3 INT1 interrupt 10.2.4 INT3 interrupt 12.4 Timer C 12.4 Timer C 10.2.1 INT0 interrupt 13. Serial Interface 12.4 Timer C Reference R8C/Tiny Series software manual 10.3 Key input interrupt 14 A/D converter
NOTES: 1. Address relative to address in INTB. 2. These interrupts cannot be disabled using the I flag.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 51 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
10.1.5 Interrupt Control The following describes how to enable/disable the maskable interrupts, and how to set the priority in which order they are accepted. What is explained here does not apply to nonmaskable interrupts. Use the FLG register's I flag, IPL, and each interrupt control register's ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits to enable/ disable the maskable interrupts. Whether an interrupt is requested is indicated by the IR bit in each interrupt control register. Figure 10.3 shows the interrupt control registers.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 52 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
Interrupt control register (2)
Symbol KUPIC ADIC CMP1IC S0TIC, S1TIC S0RIC, S1RIC INT2IC TXIC TYIC TZIC INT1IC INT3IC TCIC CMP0IC Address 004D16 004E16 005016 005116, 005316 005216, 005416 005516 005616 005716 005816 005916 005A16 005B16 005C16 After reset XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002 XXXXX0002
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
Bit symbol
ILVL0
Bit name
Interrupt priority level select bit
b2 b1 b0
Function
000: 001: 010: 011: 100: 101: 110: 111: Level 0 (interrupt disabled) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Level 7
RW RW
ILVL1
RW
ILVL2
RW
IR
Interrupt request bit
0 : Interrupt not requested 1 : Interrupt requested
RW(1)
(b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate.
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b0
0
Symbol INT0IC
Address 005D16
After reset XX00X0002
Bit symbol
ILVL0
Bit name
Interrupt priority level select bit
b2 b1 b0
Function
0 0 0 : Level 0 (interrupt disabled) 0 0 1 : Level 1 0 1 0 : Level 2 0 1 1 : Level 3 1 0 0 : Level 4 1 0 1 : Level 5 1 1 0 : Level 6 1 1 1 : Level 7 0: Interrupt not requested 1: Interrupt requested 0 : Selects falling edge 1 : Selects rising edge Must always be set to "0"
RW RW
ILVL1
RW
ILVL2
RW
IR
Interrupt request bit
RW(1)
POL
Polarity select bit(3, 4)
RW RW
(b5)
Reserved bit
(b7-b6)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate.
NOTES: 1. Only "0" can be written to the IR bit. (Do not write "1"). 2. To rewrite the interrupt control register, do so at a point that does not generate the interrupt request for that register. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.6 "Changing Interrupt Control Registers". 3. If the INTOPL bit in the INTEN register is set to "1" (both edges), set the POL bit to "0 " (selecting falling edge). 4. The IR bit may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the POL bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor".
Figure 10.3 Interrupt Control Registers
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 53 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
* I Flag The I flag enables or disables the maskable interrupt. Setting the I flag to "1" (enabled) enables the maskable interrupt. Setting the I flag to "0" (disabled) disables all maskable interrupts. * IR Bit The IR bit is set to "1" (interrupt requested) when an interrupt request is generated. Then, when the interrupt request is accepted and the CPU branches to the corresponding interrupt vector, the IR bit is cleared to "0" (= interrupt not requested). The IR bit can be cleared to "0" in a program. Note that do not write "1" to this bit.
* ILVL2 to ILVL0 Bits and IPL Interrupt priority levels can be set using the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits. Table 10.3 shows the settings of interrupt priority levels and Table 10.4 shows the interrupt priority levels enabled by the IPL. The following are conditions under which an interrupt is accepted: * I flag = 1 * IR bit = 1 * interrupt priority level > IPL The I flag, IR bit, ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits and IPL are independent of each other. In no case do they affect one another. Table 10.4 Interrupt Priority Levels Enabled by IPL
IPL 0002 Lowest 0012 0102 0112 1002 1012 1102 Highest 1112 Enabled interrupt priority levels
Table 10.3 Settings of Interrupt Priority Levels
Interrupt priority level Level 0 (interrupt disabled) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Level 7 Priority order
ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits
0002 0012 0102 0112 1002 1012 1102 1112
Interrupt levels 1 and above are enabled Interrupt levels 2 and above are enabled Interrupt levels 3 and above are enabled Interrupt levels 4 and above are enabled Interrupt levels 5 and above are enabled Interrupt levels 6 and above are enabled Interrupt levels 7 and above are enabled All maskable interrupts are disabled
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 54 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
* Interrupt Sequence An interrupt sequence -- what are performed over a period from the instant an interrupt is accepted to the instant the interrupt routine is executed -- is described here. If an interrupt occurs during execution of an instruction, the processor determines its priority when the execution of the instruction is completed, and transfers control to the interrupt sequence from the next cycle. If an interrupt occurs during execution of either the SMOVB, SMOVF, SSTR or RMPA instruction, the processor temporarily suspends the instruction being executed, and transfers control to the interrupt sequence. The CPU behavior during the interrupt sequence is described below. Figure 10.4 shows time required for executing the interrupt sequence. (1) The CPU gets interrupt information (interrupt number and interrupt request priority level) by reading the address 0000016. Then it clears the IR bit for the corresponding interrupt to "0" (interrupt not requested). (2) The FLG register immediately before entering the interrupt sequence is saved to the CPU internal temporary register(1). (3) The I, D and U flags in the FLG register become as follows: The I flag is cleared to "0" (interrupts disabled). The D flag is cleared to "0" (single-step interrupt disabled). The U flag is cleared to "0" (ISP selected). However, the U flag does not change state if an INT instruction for software interrupt numbers 32 to 63 is executed. (4) The CPU's internal temporary register(1) is saved to the stack. (5) The PC is saved to the stack. (6) The interrupt priority level of the accepted interrupt is set in the IPL. (7) The start address of the relevant interrupt routine set in the interrupt vector is stored in the PC. After the interrupt sequence is completed, the processor resumes executing instructions from the start address of the interrupt routine. NOTES: 1. This register cannot be used by user.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
CPU clock
Address bus
Address 000016
Indeterminate
SP-2 SP-1 SP-4 SP-2 contents
SP-3
VEC
VEC+1
VEC+2
PC
SP-4 contents SP-3 contents
VEC contents VEC+1 contents VEC+2 contents
Data bus
Interrupt information
Indeterminate SP-1 contents
RD
Indeterminate
WR The indeterminate state depends on the instruction queue buffer. A read cycle occurs when the instruction queue buffer is ready to accept instructions.
Figure 10.4 Time Required for Executing Interrupt Sequence
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 55 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
* Interrupt Response Time Figure 10.5 shows the interrupt response time. The interrupt response or interrupt acknowledge time denotes a time from when an interrupt request is generated till when the first instruction in the interrupt routine is executed. Specifically, it consists of a time from when an interrupt request is generated till when the instruction then executing is completed (see #a in Figure 10.5) and a time during which the interrupt sequence is executed (20 cycles, see #b in Figure 10.5).
Interrupt request generated
Interrupt request acknowledged Time
Instruction (a)
Interrupt sequence 20 cycles (b)
Instruction in interrupt routine
Interrupt response time
(a) A time from when an interrupt request is generated till when the instruction then executing is completed. The length of this time varies with the instruction being executed. The DIVX instruction requires the longest time, which is equal to 30 cycles (without wait state, the divisor being a register). (b) 21 cycles for address match and single-step interrupts.
Figure 10.5 Interrupt Response Time
* Variation of IPL when Interrupt Request is Accepted When a maskable interrupt request is accepted, the interrupt priority level of the accepted interrupt is set in the IPL. When a software interrupt or special interrupt request is accepted, one of the interrupt priority levels listed in Table 10.5 is set in the IPL. Shown in Table 10.5 are the IPL values of software and special interrupts when they are accepted.
Table 10.5 IPL Level That Is Set to IPL When A Software or Special Interrupt Is Accepted Interrupt factors Watchdog timer, oscillation stop detection, voltage detection Software, address match, single-step Level that is set to IPL 7 Not changed
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 56 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
* Saving Registers In the interrupt sequence, the FLG register and PC are saved to the stack. At this time, the 4 high-order bits in the PC and the 4 high-order (IPL) and 8 low-order bits in the FLG register, 16 bits in total, are saved to the stack first. Next, the 16 low-order bits in the PC are saved. Figure 10.6 shows the stack status before and after an interrupt request is accepted. The other necessary registers must be saved in a program at the beginning of the interrupt routine. The PUSHM instruction can save several registers in the register bank being currently used(1) with a single instruction . NOTES: 1. Selectable from registers R0, R1, R2, R3, A0, A1, SB, and FB.
Address MSB Stack LSB Address MSB Stack LSB [SP] New SP value
m-4 m-3 m-2 m-1 m m+1 Content of previous stack Content of previous stack [SP] SPvalue before interrupt occurs
m-4 m-3 m-2 m-1 m m+1 FLGH
PCL PCM FLGL PCH
Content of previous stack Content of previous stack
Stack status before interrupt request is acknowledged
Stack status after interrupt request is acknowledged
Figure 10.6 Stack Status Before and After Acceptance of Interrupt Request The registers are saved in four steps, 8 bits at a time. Figure 10.7 shows the operation of the saving registers. NOTES: 1. When any INT instruction in software numbers 32 to 63 has been executed, this is the SP indicated by the U flag. Otherwise, it is the ISP.
Address Stack Sequence in which order registers are saved
[SP] - 5 [SP] - 4 [SP] - 3 [SP] - 2 [SP] - 1 [SP] Finished saving registers in four operations. FLGH PCL PCM FLGL PCH
(3 ) (4 ) (1 ) (2 )
Saved, 8 bits at a time
NOTES: 1. [SP] denotes the initial value of the SP when interrupt request is acknowledged. After registers are saved, the SP content is [SP] minus 4.
Figure 10.7 Operation of Saving Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 57 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
* Returning from an Interrupt Routine The FLG register and PC in the state in which they were immediately before entering the interrupt sequence are restored from the stack by executing the REIT instruction at the end of the interrupt routine. Thereafter the CPU returns to the program which was being executed before accepting the interrupt request. Return the other registers saved by a program within the interrupt routine using the POPM or similar instruction before executing the REIT instruction.
* Interrupt Priority If two or more interrupt requests are generated while executing one instruction, the interrupt request that has the highest priority is accepted. For maskable interrupts (peripheral functions), any desired priority level can be selected using the ILVL2 to ILVL0 bits. However, if two or more maskable interrupts have the same priority level, their interrupt priority is resolved by hardware, with the highest priority interrupt accepted. The watchdog timer and other special interrupts have their priority levels set in hardware. Figure 10.8 shows the Hardware Interrupt Priority. Software interrupts are not affected by the interrupt priority. If an instruction is executed, control branches invariably to the interrupt routine.
Reset > WDT/Oscillation stop detection/Voltage detection > Peripheral function > Single step > Address match
Figure 10.8 Hardware Interrupt Priority
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 58 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.1 Interrupt Overview
* Interrupt Priority Resolution Circuit The interrupt priority resolution circuit is used to select the interrupt with the highest priority among those requested. Figure 10.9 shows the Interrupts Priority Select Circuit.
Priority level of each interrupt Compare 0 INT3 Timer Z Timer X INT0 Timer C INT1 Timer Y UART1 reception UART0 reception Compare 1 A/D conversion INT2 UART1 transmission UART0 transmission Key input IPL
Level 0 (default value)
Highest
Priority of peripheral function interrupts (if priority levels are same)
Lowest
Interrupt request level resolution output signal
I flag Address match Watchdog timer Oscillation stop detection Voltage detection
Interrupt request accepted
Figure 10.9 Interrupts Priority Select Circuit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 59 of 205
______
R8C/13 Group
10.2 INT Interrupt
______
10.2 INT Interrupt
________
10.2.1 INT0 Interrupt _______ _______ INT0 interrupt is triggered by an INT0 input. When using INT0 interrupts, the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register must be set to "1" (enabling). The edge polarity is selected using the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register and the POL bit in the INT0IC register. _______ The INT0 pin is shared with the external trigger input pin of Timer Z. Figure 10.10 shows the INTEN and INT0F registers.
External input enable register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
00
0
0
Symbol INTEN
Bit symbol
Address 009616 Bit name
After reset 0016 Function 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled 0 : One edge 1 : Both edges Set to "0" RW RW RW RW
INT0EN INT0PL
INT0 input enable bit(1) INT0 input polarity select bit(2) Reserved bit
(b7-b2) NOTES: 1. This bit must be set while the INT0STG bit in the PUM register is set to "0" (one-shot trigger disabled). 2. When setting the INT0PL bit to "1" (selecting both edges), the POL bit in the INT0IC must be set to "0" (selecting falling edge). 3. The IR bit in the INT0IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the INT0PL bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
INT0 input filter select register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol INT0F
Bit symbol
Address 001E16 Bit name INT0 input filter select bit
After reset XXXXX0002 Function
b1 b0
RW RW RW RW
INT0F0 INT0F1 (b2)
0 0 1 1
0 : No filter 1 : Filter with f1 sampling 0 : Filter with f8 sampling 1 : Filter with f32 sampling
Reserved bit
Set to "0"
(b7-b3)
Nothing is assigned.
When write, set to "0". If read, it content is indeterminate.
Figure 10.10 INTEN and INT0F Registers
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 60 of 205
______
R8C/13 Group
10.2 INT Interrupt
_______
10.2.2 INT0 Input Filter _______ The INT0 input has a digital filter which can be sampled by one of three sampling clocks. The sampling clock is selected using the INT0F1 to INT0F0 bits in the INT0F register. The IR bit in the INT0IC register is set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the sampled input level matches three times. When the INT0F1 to INT0F0 bits are set to "012", "102", or "112", the P4_5 bit in the P4 register indicates the filtered value. _____ Figure 10.11 shows the INT0 input filter configuration. Figure 10.12 shows an operation example of _____ INT0 input filter.
f1 f8 f32 INT0 Port P45 direction register
INT0F1 to INT0F0 =012 =102 =112
Sampling clock INT0EN
Other than INT0F1 to INT0F0 =002
Digital filter (input level matches 3x)
INT0 interrupt P4_5 bit
=002
INT0F0, INT0F1: Bits in INT0F register INT0EN: Bit in INTEN register
______
Figure 10.11 INT0 Input Filter
P45 input
Sampling timing
P4_5 in P4 register
IR bit in INT0IC register
This is an operation example when the INT0F1 to INT0F0 bits in the INT0F register is set to "012", "102", or "112" (passing digital filter).
Set to "0" in program
______
Figure 10.12 Operation Example of INT0 Input Filter
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 61 of 205
______
R8C/13 Group
10.2 INT Interrupt
______
______
10.2.3 INT1 Interrupt and INT2 Interrupt ______ ______ INT1 interrupts are triggered by INT1 inputs. The edge polarity can be selected with the R0EDG bit in ______ the TXMR register. The INT1 pin is shared with the CNTR0 pin. ______ ______ INT2 interrupts are triggered by INT2 inputs. The edge polarity can be selected with the R1EDG bit in ______ the TYZMR register. The INT2 pin shared with the CNTR1 pin. ______ _____ Figure 10.13 shows the TXMR and TYZMR registers when using INT1 and INT2 interrupts.
Timer X mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
00
Symbol TXMR
Address 008B16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TXMOD0 TXMOD1 R0EDG TXS TXOCNT TXMOD2 TXEDG TXUND
Bit name
Operation mode select bit 0, 1
b1 b0
Function
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement mode(3)
RW RW RW
INT1/CNTR0 polarity 0 : Rising edge switching bit(1, 2) 1 : Falling edge Timer X count start flag 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
RW RW RW RW RW RW
Set to "0" in timer mode Operation mode select bit 2 0 : Other than pulse period measurement mode(3)
Set to "0" in timer mode Set to "0" in timer mode
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the INT1IC may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R0EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book. 2. This bit is used to select the polarity of INT1 interrupt in timer mode. 3. When using INT1 interrupts, should select timer mode.
Timer Y, Z mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol TYZMR
Address 008016
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TYMOD0
Bit name
Timer Y operation mode bit 0 : Timer
Function
mode(1)
RW RW
R1EDG TYWC
INT2/CNTR1 polarity 0 : Rising edge 1 : Falling edge switching bit(2) Timer Y write control bit Timer Y count start flag Timer Z-related bit Functions varies depending on the operation mode 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
RW RW RW RW RW
TYS TZMOD0 TZMOD1
TZW C TZS NOTES: 1. When using INT2 interrupts, must set to timer mode. 2. The IR bit in the INT2IC may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R1EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
______ ______
RW RW
Figure 10.13 TXMR Register and TYZMR Register when INT1 and INT2 Interrupt Used
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 62 of 205
______
R8C/13 Group
10.2 INT Interrupt
______
10.2.4 INT3 Interrupt _______ _______ INT3 interrupts are triggered by INT3 inputs. The TCC07 bit in the TCC0 register should be se to "0" _______ _______ (INT3). The INT3 input has a digital filter which can be sampled by one of three sampling clocks. The sampling clock is selected using the TCC11 to TCC10 bits in the TCC1 register. The IR bit in the INT3IC register is set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the sampled input level matches three times. The P3_3 bit in the P3 register indicates the previous value before filtering regardless of values set in the TCC11 to TCC10 bits. _______ The INT3 pin is shared with the TCIN pin.
_____
When setting the TCC07 bit to "1" (fRING128), INT3 interrupts are triggered by fRING128 clock. The IR bit in the INT3IC register is set to "1" (interrupt requested) every fRING128 clock cycle or every half fRING128 clock cycle. Figure 10.14 shows the TCC0 and TCC1 registers.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 63 of 205
______
R8C/13 Group
10.2 INT Interrupt
Timer C control register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol TC C 0
Address 009A16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TCC00
Bit name
Timer C control bit Timer C count source select bit(1)
Function
0 : Count stop 1 : Count start
b2 b1
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
TCC01 TCC02 TCC03 TCC04
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : f32 1 1 : fRING-fast
b4 b3
INT3 interrupt and capture polarity select bit(1, 2)
0 0 : Rising edge 0 1 : Falling edge 1 0 : Both edges 1 1 : Avoid this setting Set to "0"
Reserved bit (b6-b5) TCC07 INT3 interrupt/capture input switching bit(1, 2)
0 : INT3 1 : fRING128
RW
NOTES: 1. Change this bit when TCC00 bit is set to "0" (count stop). 2. The IR bit in the INT3IC may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the TCC03, TCC04, or TCC07 bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factir" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
Timer C control register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TC C 1
Address 009B16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TCC10 TCC11 TCC12
Bit name
INT3 input filter select bit(1)
b1 b0
Function
0 0 1 1 0: No filter 1: Filter with f1 sampling 0: Filter with f8 sampling 1: Filter with f32 sampling
RW RW RW RO
Timer C counter reload select bit(2, 3) Compare 0/Capture select bit
0: No reload (free-run) 1: Set TC register to "000016" at compare 1 match 0: Capture (input capture mode)(2) 1: Compare 0 output (output compare mode)
b5 b4
TCC13
RW
TCC14
Compare 0 output mode select bit(3)
TCC15
0 0: CMP output remains unchanged even when compare 0 matched 0 1: CMP output is reversed when compare 0 signal is matched 1 0: CMP output is set to low when compare 0 signal is matched 1 1: CMP output is set to high when compare 0 signal is matched
RW
TCC16
Compare 1 output mode select bit(3)
b7 b6
RW
TCC17
0 0: CMP output remains unchanged even when compare 1 matched 0 1: CMP output is reversed when compare 1 signal is matched 1 0: CMP output is set to low when compare 1 signal is matched 1 1: CMP output is set to high when compare 1 signal is matched
NOTES: 1. Input is recognized only when the same value from INT3 pin is sampled three times in succession. 2. Modify the TCC13 bit when the TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register is set to "0"(count stops) 3. Set the TCC12, TCC14 to TCC17 bits to "0" when the TCC13 bit is set to "0"(input capture mode).
Figure 10.14 TCC0 Register and TCC1 Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 64 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.3 Key Input Interrupt
10.3 Key Input Interrupt
_____ _____
A key input interrupt is generated on an input edge of any of the K10 to K13 pins. Key input interrupts can _____ be used as a key-on wakeup function to exit wait or stop mode. KIi input can be enabled or disabled selecting with the KIiEN (i=0 to 3) bit in the KIEN register. The edge polarity can be rising edge or falling _____ edge selecting with the KIiPL bit in the KIEN register. Note, however, that while input on any KIi pin which has had the KIiPL bit set to "0" (falling edge) is pulled low, inputs on all other pins of the port are not _____ detected as interrupts. Similarly, while input on any KIi pin which has had the KIiPL bit set to "1" (rising edge) is pulled high, inputs on all other pins of the port are not detected as interrupts. Figure 10.15 shows a block diagram of the key input interrupt.
PU02 bit in PUR0 register Pull-up transistor
KUPIC register
PD1_3 bit in PD1 register KI3EN bit PD1_3 bit KI3PL=0
KI3 KI3PL=1 Pull-up transistor KI2 KI2PL=1 KI1EN bit Pull-up transistor KI1 KI1PL=1 KI0EN bit Pull-up transistor KI0 KI0PL=1 PD1_0 bit KI0PL=0 PD1_1 bit KI1PL=0 KI0EN, KI1EN, KI2EN, KI3EN, KI0PL, KI1PL, KI2PL, KI3PL: Bits in KIEN register PD1_0, PD1_1, PD1_2, PD1_3: Bits in PD1 register KI2PL=0
Interrupt control circuit
KI2EN bit PD1_2 bit Key input interrupt request
Figure 10.15 Key Input Interrupt
Key input enable register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol KIEN
Bit symbol
Address 009816 Bit name
After reset 0016 Function 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled 0 : Falling edge 1 : Rising edges 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled 0 : Falling edge 1 : Rising edges 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled 0 : Falling edge 1 : Rising edges 0 : Disabled 1 : Enabled 0 : Falling edge 1 : Rising edges RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
KI0EN KI0PL KI1EN KI1PL KI2EN KI2PL KI3EN KI3PL
KI0 input enable bit KI0 input polarity select bit KI1 input enable bit KI1 input polarity select bit KI2 input enable bit KI2 input polarity select bit KI3 input enable bit KI3 input polarity select bit
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the KUPIC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the KIEN register is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
Figure 10.16 KIEN Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 65 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.4 Address Match Interrupt
10.4 Address Match Interrupt
An address match interrupt is generated immediately before executing the instruction at the address indicated by the RMADi register (i=0, 1). Set the start address of any instruction in the RMADi register. Use the AIER0 and AIER1 bits in the AIER register to enable or disable the interrupt. Note that the address match interrupt is unaffected by the I flag and IPL. The value of the PC that is saved to the stack when an address match interrupt is acknowledged varies depending on the instruction at the address indicated by the RMAD i register (see the paragraph "register saving" for the value of the PC). Not appropriate return address is pushed on the stack. There are two ways to return from the address match interrupt as follows: * Change the content of the stack and use a REIT instruction. * Use an instruction such as POP to restore the stack as it was before an interrupt request was acknowledged. And then use a jump instruction. Table 10.6 lists the value of the PC that is saved to the stack when an address match interrupt is acknowledged. Figure 10.17 shows the AIER, and RMAD1 to RMAD0 registers. Table 10.6 Value of PC Saved to Stack when Address Match Interrupt Acknowledged Address indicated by RMADi register (i=0,1) PC value saved(1) * 16-bit operation code instruction Address indicated by * Instruction shown below among 8-bit operation code instructions RMADi register + 2 ADD.B:S #IMM8,dest SUB.B:S #IMM8,dest AND.B:S #IMM8,dest OR.B:S #IMM8,dest MOV.B:S #IMM8,dest STZ.B:S #IMM8,dest STNZ.B:S #IMM8,dest STZX.B:S #IMM81,#IMM82,dest CMP.B:S #IMM8,dest PUSHM src POPM dest JMPS #IMM8 JSRS #IMM8 MOV.B:S #IMM,dest (However, dest = A0 or A1) * Instructions other than the above Address indicated by RMADi register + 1 NOTES: 1. See the paragraph "saving registers" for the PC value saved. Table 10.7 Relationship Between Address Match Interrupt Sources and Associated Registers Address match interrupt factors Address match interrupt 0 Address match interrupt 1 Address match interrupt enable bit Address match interrupt register AIER0 RMAD0 AIER1 RMAD1
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 66 of 205
R8C/13 Group
10.4 Address Match Interrupt
Address match interrupt enable register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol AIER Bit symbol
Address 000916 Bit name Address match interrupt 0 enable bit Address match interrupt 1 enable bit
After reset XXXXXX002 Function 0 : Interrupt disabled 1 : Interrupt enabled 0 : Interrupt disabled 1 : Interrupt enabled
RW RW RW
AIER0 AIER1
(b7-b2)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, their contents are indeterminate.
Address match interrupt register i (i = 0, 1)
(b23) b7 (b19) b3 (b16)(b15) b0 b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol RMAD0 RMAD1
Address 001216 to 001016 001616 to 001416
After reset X0000016 X0000016
Function Address setting register for address match interrupt
Setting range 0000016 to FFFFF16
RW RW
(b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate.
Figure 10.17 AIER Register and RMAD0 to RMAD1 Registers
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 67 of 205
R8C/13 Group
11. Watchdog Timer
11. Watchdog Timer
The watchdog timer is the function of detecting when the program is out of control. Therefore, we recommend using the watchdog timer to improve reliability of a system. Figure 11.1 shows the watchdog timer block diagram.The watchdog timer contains a 15-bit counter which counts down the clock derived by dividing the CPU clock using the prescaler. Whether to generate a watchdog timer interrupt request or apply a watchdog timer reset as an operation to be performed when the watchdog timer underflows after reaching the terminal count can be selected using the PM12 bit in the PM1 register. The PM12 bit can only be set to "1" (reset). Once this bit is set to "1", it cannot be set to "0" (watchdog timer interrupt) in a program. Refer to Section 5.3, "Watchdog Timer Reset" for details. The divide-by-N value for the prescaler can be chosen to be 16 or 128 with the WDC7 bit in the WDC register. The period of watchdog timer can be calculated as given below. The period of watchdog timer is, however, subject to an error due to the prescaler. Watchdog timer period = Prescaler dividing (16 or 128) X Watchdog timer count (32768) CPU clock
For example, when CPU clock = 16 MHz and the divide-by-N value for the prescaler= 16, the watchdog timer period is approx. 32.8 ms. Figure 11.2 shows the OFS, the WDC, the WDTR and the WDTS registers. The watchdog timer operation after reset can be selected using the WDTON bit in the option function select register (0FFFF16 address). * When the WDTON bit is "0" (the watchdog timer is started automatically after reset), the watchdog timer and the prescaler both start counting automatically after reset. * When the WDTON bit is "1" (the watchdog timer is inactive after reset), the watchdog timer and the prescaler both are inactive after reset, so that the watchdog timer is activated to start counting by writing to the WDTS register. The WDTON bit can not be changed in a program. When setting the WDTON bit, write "0" into bit 0 of 0FFFF16 address using a flash writer. The watchdog timer is nitialized by writing to the WDTR register and the counting continues. In stop mode and wait mode, the watchdog timer and the prescaler are stopped. Counting is resumed from the held value when the modes or state are released.
Prescaler
WDC7 = 0
PM12 = 0
1/16 1/128
Watchdog timer interrupt request
Watchdog timer
WDC7 = 1 PM12 = 1
CPU clock
Watchdog timer Reset
Write to WDTR register Internal reset signal
Set to "7FFF16"
Figure 11.1 Watchdog Timer Block Diagram
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 68 of 205
R8C/13 Group
11. Watchdog Timer
Option function select register(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1 11 1 11 1
Symbol OFS Bit symbol WDTON Bit name
Address 0FFFF16
Before shipment FF16 Function RW RW
Watchdog timer start select bit Reserved bit
0: The watchdog timer starts automatically after reset 1: The watchdog timer is inactive after reset Set to "1" RW
(b7 - b1)
NOTES: 1. The OFS register can not be changed in a program. Set using a flash writer.
Watchdog timer control register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol WDC Bit symbol (b4-b0) (b5) (b6) WDC7
Address 000F16 Bit name
After reset 000111112 Function RW RO RW RW RW
High-order bit of watchdog timer Reserved bit Reserved bit Prescaler select bit Must set to "0" Must set to "0" 0 : Divided by 16 1 : Divided by 128
Watchdog timer reset register
b7 b0
Symbol WDTR
Address 000D16
After reset Indeterminate RW WO
Function The watchdog is initialized after a write instruction to this register. The watchdog timer value is always initialized to "7FFF16" regardless of whatever value is written.
Watchdog timer start register
b7 b0
Symbol WDTS
Address 000E16
After reset Indeterminate RW WO
Function The watchdog timer starts counting after a write instruction to this register.
Figure 11.2 OFS, WDC, WDTR and WDTS Registers
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 69 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12. Timers
12. Timers
The microcomputer has three 8-bit timers and one 16-bit timer. The three 8-bit timers are Timer X, Timer Y, and Timer Z and each one has an 8-bit prescaler. The 16-bit timer is Timer C and has input capture and output compare. All these timers function independently. The count source for each timer is the operating clock that regulates the timing of timer operations such as counting and reloading. Table 12.1 lists functional comparison.
Table 12.1 Functional Comparison Item Configuration Timer X 8-bit timer with 8-bit prescaler Down *f1 *f2 *f8 *f32 Timer mode Pulse output mode Event counter mode Pulse width measurement mode Pulse period measurement mode Programmable waveform generation mode Programmable one-shot generation mode Programmable wait one-shot generation mode Input capture mode Output compare mode provided provided provided provided provided not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided CNTR0 CNTR0 __________ CNTR0 Timer X int _____ INT1 int Timer Y 8-bit timer with 8-bit prescaler Down *f1 *f8 *fRING *Input from CNTR1 pin provided not provided provided(1) not provided not provided provided not provided not provided not provided not provided CNTR1 CNTR1 Timer Y int _____ INT2 int Timer Z 8-bit timer with 8-bit prescaler Down *f1 *f2 *f8 *Timer Y underflow provided not provided not provided not provided not provided provided provided provided not provided not provided _____ INT0 TZOUT Timer Z int _____ INT0 int Timer C 16-bit free-run timer Up *f1 *f8 *f32 *fRING-fast not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided not provided provided provided TCIN CMP00 to CMP02 CMP10 to CMP12 Timer C int _____ INT3 int compare 0 int compare 1 int provided
Count Count source
Function
Input pin Output pin Related interrupt
Timer stop
provided
provided
provided
NOTES: 1. Select the input from the CNTR1 pin as a count source of timer mode.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 70 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.1 Timer (Timer X)
12.1 Timer X
The Timer X is an 8-bit timer with an 8-bit prescaler. Figure 12.1 shows the block diagram of Timer X. Figures 12.2 and 12.3 show the Timer X-related registers. The Timer X has five operation modes listed as follows: * Timer mode: The timer counts an internal count source . * Pulse output mode: The timer counts an internal count source and outputs the pulses whose polarity is inverted at the timer the timer underflows. * Event counter mode: The timer counts external pulses. * Pulse width measurement mode: The timer measures an external pulse's pulse width. * Pulse period measurement mode:The timer measures an external pulse's period.
Data bus TXCK1 to TXCK0 =002
f1 f8 =012 =102 f32 =112 f2
TXMOD1 to TXMOD0 =002 or 012 =112
Reload register
Reload register
Counter =102 TXS bit PREX register
Counter TX register
Timer X interrupt
INT1/CNTR0
Polarity switching TXMOD1 to TXMOD0 bits=012 R0EDG =1 Q Toggle flip-flop CK Q TXOCNT bit R0EDG=0 Write to TX register TXMOD1 to TXMOD0 bits=012 CLR
INT1 interrupt
CNTR0
Figure 12.1 Timer X Block Diagram
Timer X mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TXMR
Address 008B16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TXMOD0
Bit name
Operation mode select bit 0, 1
b1 b0
Function
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement mode 0 1 : Pulse output mode 1 0 : Event counter mode 1 1 : Pulse width measurement mode Function varies with each operation mode 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting Function varies with each operation mode 0 : Except in pulse period measurement mode 1 : Pulse period measurement mode Function varies depending on each operation mode. Function varies depending on each operation mode.
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
TXMOD1 INT1/CNTR0 polarity switching bit(1) Timer X count start flag P30/CNTR0 select bit Operation mode select bit 2 Active edge reception flag Timer X under flow flag
R0EDG
TXS TXOCNT TXMOD2 TXEDG TXUND
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R0EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
Figure 12.2 TXMR Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 71 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.1 Timer (Timer X)
Prescaler X Register
b7 b0
Symbol PREX
Address 008C16
After reset FF16
Mode Timer mode Pulse output mode
Function Internal count source is counted Internal count source is counted
Setting range 0016 to FF16 0016 to FF16 0016 to FF16
RW RW RW RW
Event counter mode Externally input pulses are counted Pulse width of externally input Pulse width measurement mode pulses is measured (Internal count source is counted) Pulse period of externally input Pulse period measurement mode pulses is measured (Internal count source is counted)
0016 to FF16
RW
0016 to FF16
RW
Timer X Register
b7 b0
Symbol TX
Address 008D16
After reset FF16
Function Underflow of Prescaler X is counted
Setting range 0016 to FF16
RW RW
Timer count source setting register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol TCSS Bit symbol TXCK0 TXCK1 TYCK0 TYCK1 TZCK0 TZCK1 Reserved bit (b7-b6)
Address 008E16 Bit name Timer X count source select bit(1)
After reset 0016 Function
b1 b0
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : f32 1 1 : f2
b3 b2
Timer Y count source select bit(1)
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : fRING 1 1 : Selects input from CNTR1 pin
b5 b4
Timer Z count source select bit(1)
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : Selects Timer Y underflow 1 1 : f2 Must be set to "0"
NOTES: 1. Avoid switching a count source, while a counter is in progress. Timer counter must be stopped before switching a count source.
Figure 12.3 PREX Register, TX Register, and TCSS Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 72 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.1 Timer (Timer X)
12.1.1 Timer Mode In this mode, the timer counts an internally generated count source (See "Table 12.2 Timer Mode Specifications"). Figure 12.4 shows the TXMR register in timer mode. Table 12.2 Timer Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation f1, f2, f8, f32 * Down-count * When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and the count is contiuned. 1/(n+1)(m+1) n: set value of PREX register, m: set value of TX register
Specification
Divide ratio Count start condition Count stop condition
Write "1" (count start) to TXS bit in TXMR register Write "0" (count stop) to TXS bit in TXMR register
Interrupt request generation timing When Timer X underflows [Timer X interruption] INT1/CNTR0 pin function Programmable I/O port, or INT1 interrupt input CNTR0 pin function Read from timer Write to timer Programmable I/O port Count value can be read by reading TX register Same applies to PREX register. Value written to TX register is written to both reload register and counter. Same applies to PREX register.
Timer X mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
00
Symbol TXMR
Address 008B16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TXMOD0 TXMOD1 R0EDG TXS TXOCNT TXMOD2 TXEDG TXUND
Bit name
Operation mode select bit 0, 1
b1 b0
Function
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement mode
RW RW RW
INT1/CNTR0 polarity 0 : Rising edge switching bit(1, 2) 1 : Falling edge Timer X count start flag 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
RW RW RW RW RW RW
Must set to "0" in timer mode Operation mode select bit 2 0 : Other than pulse period measurement mode
Must set to "0" in timer mode Must set to "0" in timer mode
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R0EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book. 2. This bit is used to select the polarity of INT1 interrupt in timer mode.
Figure 12.4 TXMR Register in Timer Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 73 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.1 Timer (Timer X)
12.1.2 Pulse Output Mode In this mode, the timer counts an internally generated count source, and outputs from the CNTR0 pin a pulse whose polarity is inverted each time the timer underflows (See "Table 12.3 Pulse Output mode Specifications"). Figure 12.5 shows TXMR register in pulse output mode. Table 12.3 Pulse Output Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation f1, f2, f8, f32 * Down-count * When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and the count is contiuned. Divide ratio Count start condition Count stop condition Interrupt request generation timing INT1/CNTR0 pin function CNTR0 pin function Read from timer Write to timer Select function 1/(n+1)(m+1) n: set value of PREX register, m: set value of TX register Write "1" (count start) to TXS bit in TXMR register Write "0" (count stop) to TXS bit in TXMR register * When Timer X underflows [Timer X interruption] Pulse output Programmable I/O port or inverted output of CNTR0 Count value can be read by reading TX register. Same applies to PREX register. Value written to TX register is written to both reload register and counter. Same applies to PREX register. _____ * INT1/CNTR0 polarity switching function Polarity level at starting of pulse output can be selected with R0EDG bit(1) * Inverted pulse output function
___________
Specification
Inverted pulse of CNTR0 output polarity can be output from the CNTR0 pin (selected by TXOCNT bit) NOTES: 1. The level of the output pulse becomes the level when the pulse output starts when the TX register is written to.
Timer X mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
000
01
Symbol TXMR
Address 008B16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TXMOD0 TXMOD1 R0EDG TXS TXOCNT TXMOD2
Bit name
Operation mode select bit 0, 1
b1 b0
Function
0 1 : Pulse output mode
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
INT1/CNTR0 polarity 0: CNTR0 output starts at "H" 1: CNTR0 output starts at "L" switching bit(1) Timer X count start flag P30/CNTR0 select bit 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting 0 : Port P30 1 : CNTR0 output
Set to "0" in pulse output mode Set to "0" in pulse output mode Set to "0" in pulse output mode
TXEDG TXUND
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R0EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
Figure 12.5 TXMR Register in Pulse Output Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 74 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.1 Timer (Timer X)
12.1.3 Event Counter Mode In this mode, the timer counts an external signal fed to INT1/CNTR0 pin (See "Table 12.4 Event Counter Mode Specifications"). Figure 12.6 shows TXMR register in event counter mode. Table 12.4 Event Counter Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation
Specification
External signals fed to CNTR0 pin (Active edge is selected by program) * Down count * When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and the count is contiuned. 1/(n+1)(m+1) n: set value of PREX register, m: set value of TX register
Divide ratio Count start condition Count stop condition Interrupt request generation timing INT1/CNTR0 pin function CNTR0 pin function Read from timer Write to timer Select function
Write "1" (count start) to TXS bit in TXMR register Write "0" (count stop) to TXS bit in TXMR register * When Timer X underflows [Timer X interrupt]
_______
Count source input (INT1 interrupt input) Programmable I/O port Count value can be read by reading TX register Same applies to PREX register. Value written to TX register is written to both reload register and counter. Same applies to PREX register. * INT1/CNTR0 polarity switching function Active edge of count source can be selected with R0EDG.
Timer X mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
10
Symbol TXMR
Address 008B16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TXMOD0 TXMOD1 R0EDG TXS TXOCNT TXMOD2 TXEDG TXUND
Bit name
Operation mode select bit 0, 1
b1 b0
Function
1 0 : Event counter mode
RW RW RW
INT1/CNTR0 polarity 0 : Rising edge switching bit(1) 1 : Falling edge Timer X count start flag 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
RW RW RW RW RW RW
Set to "0" in event counter mode Set to "0" in event counter mode Set to "0" in event counter mode Set to "0" in event counter mode
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R0EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
Figure 12.6 TXMR Register in Event Counter Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 75 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.1 Timer (Timer X)
12.1.4 Pulse Width Measurement Mode In this mode, the timer measures the pulse width of an external signal fed to INT1/CNTR0 pin (See "Table 12.5 Pulse Width Measurement Mode Specifications"). Figure 12.7 shows the TXMR register in pulse width measurement mode. Figure 12.8 shows an operation example in pulse width measurement mode. Table 12.5 Pulse Width Measurement Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation f1, f2, f8, f32 * Down-count * Continuously counts the selected signal only when the measurement pulse is "H" level, or conversely only "L" level. * When the timer underflows, the contents in the reload register is reloaded and the count is contiuned. Count start condition Count stop condition Interrupt request generation timing INT1/CNTR0 pin function CNTR0 pin function Read from timer Write to timer Select function Write "1" (count start) to TXS bit in TXMR register Write "0" (count stop) to TXS bit in TXMR register * When Timer X underflows [Timer X interruption] * Rising or falling of CNTR0 input (end of measurement period) [INT1 interrupt] Measurement pulse input Programmable I/O port Count value can be read by reading TX register Same applies to PREX register. Value written to TX register is written to both reload register and counter. Same applies to PREX register.
_____
Specification
* INT1/CNTR0 polarity switching function "H" or "L" level duration can be selected with R0EDG bit as the input pulse measurement
Timer X mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
11
Symbol TXMR
Address 008B16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TXMOD0 TXMOD1 R0EDG
Bit name
Operation mode select bit 0, 1
b1 b0
Function
1 1 : Pulse width measurement mode
RW RW RW
INT1/CNTR0 polarity [CNTR0] 0 : Measures "H" level width switching bit(1) 1 : Measures "L" level width [INT1] 0 : Rising edge 1 : Falling edge Timer X count start flag 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
RW
TXS TXOCNT TXMOD2 TXEDG
RW RW RW RW RW
Set to "0" in pulse width measurement mode Set to "0" in pulse width measurement mode Set to "0" in pulse width measurement mode
TXUND Set to "0" in pulse width measurement mode NOTES: 1. IThe IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R0EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
Figure 12.7 TXMR Register in Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 76 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.1 Timer (Timer X)
n = high-level: the contents of TX register, low-level: the contents of PREX register FFFF16
Counter contents (hex)
Count start
Underflow
n Count stop Count stop
Count restart 000016 Time Set to "1" by program TXS bit in TXMR register "1" "0"
Measurement pulse "H" (CNTR0 pin input) "L" Cleared to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or cleared by program IR bit in INT1IC register "1" "0" Cleared to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or cleared by program IR bit in TXIC register "1" "0"
Conditions: "H" level width of measurement pulse is measured. (R0EDG=1)
Figure 12.8 Operation Example in Pulse Width Measurement Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 77 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.1 Timer (Timer X)
12.1.5 Pulse Period Measurement Mode In this mode, the timer measures the pulse period of an external signal fed to INT1/CNTR0 pin (See "Table 12.6 Pulse Period Measurement Mode Specifications"). Figure 12.9 shows the TXMR register in pulse period measurement mode. Figure 12.10 shows an operation example in pulse period measurement mode. Table 12.6 Pulse Period Measurement Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation f1, f2, f8, f32 * Down-count * After an active edge of measurement pulse is input, contents in the read-out buffer is retained in the first underflow of prescaler X. Then the timer X reloads contents in the reload register in the second underflow of prescaler X and continues counting. Count start condition Count stop condition Interrupt request generation timing INT1/CNTR0 pin function CNTR0 pin function Read from timer Write to timer Select function Write "1" (count start) to TXS bit in TXMR register Write "0" (count stop) to TXS bit in TXMR register * When Timer X underflows or reloads [Timer X interrupt] _____ * Rising or falling of CNTR0 input (end of measurement period) [INT1 interrupt] Measurement pulse input(1)(INT1 interrupt input) Programmable I/O port Contents in the read-out buffer can be read by reading TX register. The value retained in the read-out buffer is released by reading TX register. Value written to TX register is written to both reload register and counter. Same applies to PREX register.
_____ _______
Specification
* INT1/CNTR0 polarity switching function Measurement period of input pulse can be selected with R0EDG bit.
NOTES: 1. The period of input pulse must be longer than twice the period of prescaler X. Longer pulse for H width and L width than the prescaler X period must be input. If shorter pulse than the period is input to the CNTR0 pin, the input may be disabled.
Timer X mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
10
00
Symbol TXMR
Address 008B16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TXMOD0 TXMOD1 R0EDG
Bit name
Operation mode select bit 0, 1 INT1/CNTR0 polarity switching bit(1)
b1 b0
Function
0 0 : Timer mode or pulse period measurement mode [CNTR0] 0: Measures a measurement pulse from one rising edge to the next rising edge 1: Measures a measurement pulse from one falling edge to the next falling edge [INT1] 0: Rising edge 1: Falling edge 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
RW RW RW
RW
TXS TXOCNT TXMOD2 TXEDG(2) TXUND(2)
Timer X count start flag
RW RW RW RW RW
Set to "0" in pulse period measurement mode Operation mode select bit 2 Active edge judgment flag Timer X underflow flag 1 : Pulse period measurement mode 0 : No active edge 1 : Active edge found 0 : No under flow 1 : Under flow found
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the INT1IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R0EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book. 2. This bit is set to "0" by writing "0" in a program. (It remains unchanged even if writing "1")
Figure 12.9 TXMR Register in Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 78 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.1 Timer (Timer X)
Underflow signal of prescaler X
Set to "1" by program
TXS bit in TXMR register
"1" "0"
Starts counting
CNTR0 pin input
"1" "0"
Timer X reloads 0F16
Timer X reloads
Timer X reloads 0116 0016 0F16 0E16
Timer X contents Contents of read-out buffer1
0E16 0F16 0E16 0D16 0C16 0B16 0A16 0916 0816 0F16 0E16 0D16 (7) Retained (7) Retained 0A16 0916 0816 0D16 Timer X read (3)
0F16
0E16
0116 0016 0F16 0E16
TXEDG bit in TXMR register
(2)
"1" "0"
Timer X read (3) (2)
Cleared to "0" by program (4) (6)
TXUND bit in TXMR register
"1" "0"
Cleared to "0" by program (5)
IR bit in TXIC register
"1" "0"
Cleared to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or cleared by program
IR bit in INT1IC register
"1" "0"
Cleared to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or cleared by program
Conditions: A period from one rising edge to the next rising edge of measurement pulse is measured (R0EDG=0) with TX register initial value=0F16.
NOTES: 1. The contents of the read-out buffer can be read when the TX register is read in pulse period measurement mode. 2. After an active edge of measurement pulse is input, the TXEDG bit in the TXMR register is set to "1" (active edge found) when the prescaler X underflows for the second time. 3. The TX register should be read before the next active edge is input after the TXEDG bit is set to "1" (active edge found). The contents in the read-out buffer is retained until the TX register is read. If the TX register is not read before the next active edge is input, the measured result of the previous period is retained. 4. When set to "0" by program, use a MOV instruction to write "0" to the TXEDG in the TXMR register. At the same time, write "1" to the TXUND bit. 5. When set to "0" by program, use a MOV instruction to write "0" to the TXUND in the TXMR register. At the same time, write "1" to the TXEDG bit. 6. The TXUND and TXEDG bits are both set to "1" if the timer underflows and reloads on an active edge simultaneously. In this case, the validity of the TXUND bit should be determined by the contents of the read-out buffer. 7. If the CNTR0 active edge is input, when the prescaler X underflow signal is "H" level, its count value is the one of the read buffer. If "L" level, the following count value is the one of the read buffer.
Figure 12.10 Operation Example in Pulse Period Measurement Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 79 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.2 Timer (Timer Y)
12.2 Timer Y
Timer Y is an 8-bit timer with an 8-bit prescaler and has two reload registers-Timer Y Primary and Timer Y Secondary. Figure 12.11 shows a block diagram of Timer Y. Figures 12.12 to 12.14 show the TYZMR, PREY, TYSC, TYPR, TYZOC, PUM, and YCSS registers. The Timer Y has two operation modes as follows: * Timer mode: The timer counts an internal count source. * Programmable waveform generation mode: The timer outputs pulses of a given width successively.
Data bus TYSC register TYPR register Reload register Reload register
TYCK1 to TYCK0 =002 f1 =012 f8 =102 fRING =112 TYS=1
Reload register
Counter PREY register
Counter
Timer Y interrupt
INT2 interrupt Polarity switching TYOPL=1 TYMOD0=1 INT2/CNTR1 P3_2 bit in P3 register TYOCNT=1 TYOPL=0 TYOCNT=0 Q Q Toggle flip-flop CLR CK
Write to TYZMR register TYMOD0 bit=1
Figure 12.11 Timer Y Block Diagram
Timer Y, Z mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TYZMR
Address 008016
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TYMOD0 R1EDG TYWC
Bit name
Timer Y operation mode bit
Function
0 : Timer mode 1 : Programmable waveform generation mode
RW RW RW
INT2/CNTR1 polarity 0 : Rising edge 1 : Falling edge switching bit(1) Timer Y write control bit Timer Y count start flag Timer Z operation mode bit Function varies depending on the operation mode 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
b5 b4
RW RW RW RW
TYS TZMOD0 TZMOD1
0 0 : Timer mode 0 1 : Programmable waveform generation mode 1 0 : Programmable one-shot generation mode 1 1 : Programmable wait one-shot generation mode Function varies depending on the operation mode 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
TZW C TZS
Timer Z write control bit Timer Z count start flag
RW RW
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the INT2IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R1EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
Figure 12.12 TYZMR Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 80 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.2 Timer (Timer Y)
Prescaler Y register
b7 b0
Symbol PREY
Address 008116
After reset FF16
Mode Timer mode
Function Internal count source or CNTR1 input is counted
Setting range 0016 to FF16 0016 to FF16
RW RW RW
Programmable Internal count source is counted waveform generation mode
Timer Y secondary register
b7 b0
Symbol TYSC
Address 008216
After reset FF16
Mode Timer mode Disabled
Function
Setting range
RW
Programmable Underflow of Prescaler Y is waveform generation counted(1) mode
0016 to FF16
WO(2)
NOTES: 1. The values of TYPR register and TYSC register are reloaded to the counter alternately for counting. 2. The count value can be read out by reading the TYPR register even when the secondary period is being counted.
Timer Y primary register
b7 b0
Symbol TYPR
Address 008316
After reset FF16
Mode Timer mode
Function Underflow of Prescaler Y is counted
Setting range 0016 to FF16 0016 to FF16
RW RW RW
Programmable Underflow of Prescaler Y is waveform generation counted(1) mode
NOTES: 1. The values of TYPR register and TYSC register are reloaded to the counter alternately for counting.
Timer Y, Z output control register (3)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TYZOC
Address 008A16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TZOS
Bit name
Timer Z one-shot start bit(1) Timer Y programmable waveform generation output switching bit(2) Timer Z programmable waveform generation output switching bit(2)
Function
0 : Stops one-shot 1 : Starts one-shot 0 : Outputs programmable waveform 1 : Outputs the value of P32 port register 0 : Outputs programmable waveform 1 : Outputs the value of P31 port register
RW RW
TYOCNT
RW
TZOCNT
RW
(b7-b3)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is "0".
NOTES: 1. This bit is set to "0" when the output of one-shot waveform is completed. The TZOS bit should be set to "0" if the one-shot waveform output is terminated by setting the TZS bit in the TYZMR to "0" during the waveform output. 2. This bit is enabled only when operating in programmable waveform generation mode. 3. If executing an instruction which changes this register when the TZOS bit is "1" (during the count), the TZOS is automatically set to "0" when the count completes while the instruction is executed. If this causes some problems, execute an instruction which changes this register when the TZOS bit is "0" (one shot stop).
Figure 12.13 PREY Register, TYSC Register, TYPR Register, and TYZOC Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 81 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.2 Timer (Timer Y)
Timer Y, Z waveform output control register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
Symbol PUM Bit symbol (b3-b0) TYOPL
Address 008416 Bit name Reserved bit Timer Y output level latch Timer Z output level latch
After reset 0016 Function Must set to "0" RW RW
Function varies depending on the operation mode RW Function varies depending on the operation mode
TZOPL
RW
INOSTG
INT0 pin one-shot trigger 0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger invalid 1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger valid control bit(2) (Timer Z) INT0 pin one-shot trigger 0 : Edge trigger at falling edge polarity select bit(1) 1 : Edge trigger at rising edge (Timer Z)
RW
INOSEG
RW
NOTES: 1. The INOSEG bit is valid only when the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register is "0" (one-edge). 2. The INOSGT bit must be set to "1" after the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register and the INOSEG bit in the PUM register are set.
Timer count source setting register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol TCSS Bit symbol TXCK0 TXCK1 TYCK0 TYCK1 TZCK0 TZCK1 Reserved bit (b7-b6)
Address 008E16 Bit name Timer X count source select bit(1)
After reset 0016 Function
b1 b0
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : f32 1 1 : f2
b3 b2
Timer Y count source select bit(1)
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : fRING 1 1 : Selects input from CNTR1 pin
b5 b4
Timer Z count source select bit(1)
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : Selects Timer Y underflow 1 1 : f2 Must be set to "0"
NOTES: 1. Avoid switching a count source, while a counter is in progress. Timer counter must be stopped before switching a count source.
Figure 12.14 PUM Register and TCSS Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 82 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.2 Timer (Timer Y)
12.2.1 Timer Mode In this mode, the timer counts an internally generated count source (see "Table 12.7 Timer Mode Specifications"). An external signal input to the CNTR1 pin can be counted. The TYSC register is unused in timer mode. Figure 12.15 shows the TYZMR and PUM registers in timer mode. Table 12.7 Timer Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation
Specification
f1, f8, fRING, external signal fed to CNTR1 pin * Down-count * When the timer underflows, it reloads the reload register contents before continuing counting (When the Timer Y underflows, the contents of the Timer Y primary reload register is reloaded.)
Divide ratio Count start condition Count stop condition Interrupt request generation timing INT2/CNTR1 pin function
1/(n+1)(m+1) n: set value in PREY register, m: set value in TYPR register Write "1" (count start) to TYS bit in TYZMR register Write "0" (count stop) to TYS bit in TYZMR register * When Timer Y underflows [Timer Y interrupt] Programmable I/O port, count source input or INT2 interrupt input * When the TYCK1 to TYCK0 bits in the TCSS register are set to "00b", "01b" or "10b" _______ (Timer Y count source is f1, f8 or fRING), programmable I/O port or INT2 interrupt input * When the TYCK1 to TYCK0 bits are set to "11b" (Timer Y count source is CNTR1 _______ input), count source input (INT2 interrupt input)
Read from timer Write to timer(1)
Count value can be read out by reading TYPR register. Same applies to PREY register. Value written to TYPR register is written to both reload register and counter or written to only reload register. Selected by program. Same applies to PREY register. * Event counter function When setting TYCK1 to TYCK0 bits to "112", an external signal fed to CNTR1 pin is counted.
_______
Select function
* INT2/CNTR1 switching bit Active edge of count source is selected by R1EDG bit. NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the TYIC register is set to "1" (interrupt requested) if you write to the TYPR or PREY register while both of the following conditions are met. Conditions: * TYWC bit in TYZMR register is "0" (write to reload register and counter simultaneously) * TYS bit is "1" (count start) To write to the TYPR or PREY register in the above state, disable interrupts before writing.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 83 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.2 Timer (Timer Y)
Timer Y, Z mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol TYZMR
Address 008016
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TYMOD0
Bit name
Timer Y operation mode bit
Function
0 : Timer mode
RW RW
R1EDG TYWC
INT2/CNTR1 polarity 0 : Rising edge 1 : Falling edge switching bit(1) Timer Y write control bit(2) Timer Y count start flag Timer Z-related bit 0 : Write to reload register and counter simultaneously 1 : Write to reload register 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
RW RW RW RW RW
TYS TZMOD0 TZMOD1
TZWC TZS
RW RW
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the INT2IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R1EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 1.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book. 2. When TYS bit= 1 (starts counting), the value set in the TYWC bit is valid. If TYWC bit=0, the timer Y count value is written to both reload register and counter. If TYWC bit=1, the timer Y count value is written to the reload register only. When TYS bit=0 (stops counting), the timer Y count value is written to both reload register and counter regardless of how the TYWC bit is set.
Timer Y, Z waveform output control register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
Symbol PUM Bit symbol (b3-b0) TYOPL
Address 008416 Bit name Reserved bit Timer Y output level latch Timer Z-related bits
After reset 0016
Function Must set to "0" Invalid in timer mode
RW RW
RW
TZOPL
RW INOSTG
RW
INOSEG
RW
Figure 12.15 TYZMR Register and PUM Register in Timer Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 84 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.2 Timer (Timer Y)
12.2.2 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode In this mode, an signal output from the TYOUT pin is inverted each time the counter underflows, while the values in the TYPR register and TYSC register are counted alternately (see "Table 12.8 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode Specifications"). A counting starts by counting the set value in the TYPR register. Figure 12.16 shows the TYZMR register in programmable waveform generation mode. Figure 12.17 shows the operation example. Table 12.8 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation f1, f8, fRING * Down count * When the timer underflows, it reloads the contents of primary reload register and secondary reload register alternately before continuing counting. Primary period : (n+1)(m+1)/fi Secondary period : (n+1)(p+1)/fi Period : (n+1){(m+1)+(p+1)}/fi n: set value in PREY register, m: set value in TYPR register, p: set value in TYSC register fi : Count source frequency Count start condition Count stop condition Write "1" (count start) to TYS bit in TYZMR register Write "0" (count stop) to TYS bit in TYZMR register
Specification
Output waveform width and period
Interrupt request generation timing In half of count source, after Timer Y underflows during secondary period (at the same time as the CNTR1 output change) [Timer Y interrupt]. INT2/CNTR1 pin functions Read from timer Write to timer Select function Pulse output Use timer mode when using this pin as a programmable I/O port. Count value can be read out by reading TYPR register. Same applies to PREY register(1). Value written to TYPR register is written to only reload register. Same applies to TYSC register and PREY register(2). * Output level latch select function The output level during primary and secondary periods is selected by the TYOPL bit. * Programmable waveform generation output switching function When the TYOCNT bit in the TYZOC register is set to "0", the output from TYOUT is inverted synchronously when Timer Y underflows during the secondary period. And when set to "1", a value in the P3_2 bit is output from TYOUT synchronously when Timer Y underflows during the secondary period(3).
NOTES:
1. Even when counting the secondary period, read out the TYPR register. 2. The set value in the TYPR register and TYSC register are enabled by writing a value to the TYPR register. The written values are reflected to the waveform output from the next primary period after writing to the TYPR register. 3. The TYOCNTbit is enabled in the following timings * When count starts * When Timer Y interrupt request is generated Therefore, pulse is output from the next primary period depending on the setting value of the TYOCNT bit.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 85 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.2 Timer (Timer Y)
Timer Y, Z mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
1
1
Symbol TYZMR
Address 008016
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TYMOD0
Bit name
Timer Y operation mode bit
Function
1 : Programmable waveform generation mode
RW RW
R1EDG TYWC
INT2/CNTR1 polarity Disabled in programmable waveform generation mode switching bit(1,3) Timer Y write control bit Timer Y count start flag Timer Z-related bit Set to "1" in programmable waveform generation mode.(2) 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
RW RW RW RW RW
TYS TZMOD0 TZMOD1
TZW C TZS
RW RW
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the INT2IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R1EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book. 2. When TYS bit= 1 (starts counting), the timer Y count value is written to the reload register only. When TYS bit=0 (stops counting), the timer Y count value is written to both reload register and counter. 3. The INT2 interrupt request is not generated when the TYMOD0 bit is set to "1" (programmable waveform generatio mode).
Timer Y, Z waveform output control register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
Symbol PUM Bit symbol (b3-b0) TYOPL
Address 008416 Bit name Reserved bit Timer Y output level latch
After reset 0016
Function Must set to "0" 0 : Outputs "H" for primary period Outputs "L" for secondary period Outputs "L" when the timer is stopped 1 : Outputs "L" for primary period Outputs "H" for secondary period Outputs "H" when the timer is stopped
RW RW RW
TZOPL
Timer Z-related bits
RW
INOSTG
RW
INOSEG
RW
Figure 12.16 TYZMR Register and PUM Register in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 86 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.2 Timer (Timer Y)
Set to "1" by program
"1" TYS bit in TYZMR register "0"
Count starts
Count source
Prescaler Y underflow signal
Timer Y secondary reloads Timer Y primary reloads
Contents of Timer Y
0116
0016
0216
0116
0016
0116
0016
0216
Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by program
IR bit in TYIC "1" register "0"
Set to "0" by program
TYOPL bit in PUM register
"1" "0"
Waveform output started
Waveform output inverted
Waveform output inverted
CNTR1 pin output
"H" "L"
Primary period Secondary period Primary period
Conditions: PREY=0116, TYPR=0116, TYSC=0216 TYZOC register TYOCNT bit = 0
Figure 12.17 Timer Y Operation Example in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 87 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
12.3 Timer Z
Timer Z is an 8-bit timer with an 8-bit prescaler and has two reload registers-Timer Z Primary and Timer Z Secondary. Figure 12.18 shows a block diagram of Timer Z. Figures 12.19 to 12.21 show the TYZMR, PREZ, TZSC, TZPR, TYZOC, PUM, and TCSS registers. Timer Z has the following four operation modes. * Timer mode: The timer counts internal count source or to count Timer X underflow. * Programmable waveform generation mode: The timer outputs pulses of a given width successively. * Programmable one-shot generation mode: The timer outputs one-shot pulse * Programmable wait one-shot generation mode: The timer outputs delayed one-shot pulse.
Data bus TZSC register TZPR register Reload register
TZCK1 to TZCK0 =002 f1 =012 f8 =102 Timer Y underflow =112 f2
Reload register
Reload register
Counter PREZ register
Counter
Timer Z interrupt
TZMOD1 to TZMOD0=102, 112 TZS TZOS INT0 interrupt Polarity select INOSEG INT0EN TZOCNT=0 TZOUT P3_1 bit in P3 register TZOCNT=1 TZOPL=0 TZOPL=1
INT0
Digital filter
Input polarity selected to be one edge or both edges INT0PL
TZMOD1 to TZMOD0=012, 102, 112
Q
Toggle flip-flop
CK
Q
CLR Write to TYZMR register TZMOD1 to TZMOD0 bits=012, 102, 112
Figure 12.18 Timer Z Block Diagram
Timer Y, Z mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TYZMR
Address 008016
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TYMOD0 R1EDG TYWC
Bit name
Timer Y operation mode bit
Function
0 : Timer mode 1 : Programmable waveform generation mode
RW RW RW
INT2/CNTR1 polarity 0 : Rising edge 1 : Falling edge switching bit(1) Timer Y write control bit Timer Y count start flag Timer Z operation mode bit Function varies depending on the operation mode 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
b5 b4
RW RW RW RW
TYS TZMOD0 TZMOD1
0 0 : Timer mode 0 1 : Programmable waveform generation mode 1 0 : Programmable one-shot generation mode 1 1 : Programmable wait one-shot generation mode Function varies depending on the operation mode 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting
TZW C TZS
Timer Z write control bit Timer Z count start flag
RW RW
NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the INT2IC register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the R1EDG bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
Figure 12.19 TYZMR Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 88 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
Prescaler Z register
b7 b0
Symbol PREZ
Address 008516
After reset FF16
Mode Timer mode Programmable waveform generation mode Programmable one-shot generation mode
Function Internal count source or Timer Y underflow is counted Internal count source or Timer Y underflow is counted Internal count source or Timer Y underflow is counted
Setting range 0016 to FF16
RW RW
0016 to FF16
RW
0016 to FF16
RW
Programmable wait Internal count source or Timer Y one-shot generation underflow is counted mode
0016 to FF16
RW
Timer Z Secondary register
b7 b0
Symbol TZSC
Address 008616
After reset FF16
Mode Timer mode Programmable waveform generation mode Programmable one-shot generation mode Invalid
Function
Setting range
RW
Underflow of Prescaler Z is counted(1) Invalid
0016 to FF16
WO(2)
Programmable wait Underflow of Prescaler Z is one-shot generation counted (One-shot width is counted) mode
0016 to FF16
WO
NOTES: 1. Each value in the TZPR register and TZSC register is reloaded to the counter alternately for counting. 2. The count value can be read out by reading the TZSC register even when the secondary period is being counted.
Timer Z Primary register
b7 b0
Symbol TZPR
Address 008716
After reset FF16
Mode Timer mode Programmable waveform generation mode Programmable one-shot generation mode
Function Underflow of Prescaler Z is counted Underflow of Prescaler Z is counted(1) Underflow of Prescaler Z is counted (One-shot width is counted)
Setting range 0016 to FF16
RW RW
0016 to FF16
RW
0016 to FF16
RW
Programmable wait Underflow of Prescaler Z is one-shot generation counted (Wait period is counted) mode
0016 to FF16
RW
NOTES: 1. Each value in the TZPR register and TZSC register is reloaded to the counter alternately for counting.
Timer Y, Z output control register (3)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TYZOC
Address 008A16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TZOS
Bit name
Timer Z one-shot start bit(1) Timer Y programmable waveform generation output switching bit(2) Timer Z programmable waveform generation output switching bit(2)
Function
0 : Stops one-shot 1 : Starts one-shot 0 : Outputs programmable waveform 1 : Outputs the value of P32 port register 0 : Outputs programmable waveform 1 : Outputs the value of P31 port register
RW RW
TYOCNT
RW
TZOCNT
RW
(b7-b3)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is "0".
NOTES: 1. This bit is set to "0" when the output of one-shot waveform is completed. The TZOS bit should be set to "0" if the one-shot waveform output is terminated by setting the TZS bit in the TYZMR to "0" during the waveform output. 2. This bit is enabled only when operating in programmable waveform generation mode. 3. If executing an instruction which changes this register when the TZOS bit is "1" (during the count), the TZOS is automatically set to "0" when the count completes while the instruction is executed. If this causes some problems, execute an instruction which changes this register when the TZOS bit is "0" (one shot stop).
Figure 12.20 PREZ Register, TZSC Register, TZPR Register, and TYZOC Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 89 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
Timer Y, Z waveform output control register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0000
Symbol PUM Bit symbol (b3-b0) TYOPL
Address 008416 Bit name Reserved bit Timer Y output level latch Timer Z output level latch
After reset 0016 Function Must set to "0" RW RW
Function varies depending on the operation mode RW Function varies depending on the operation mode
TZOPL
RW
INOSTG
INT0 pin one-shot trigger 0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger invalid 1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger valid control bit(2) (Timer Z) INT0 pin one-shot trigger 0 : Edge trigger at falling edge polarity select bit(1) 1 : Edge trigger at rising edge (Timer Z)
RW
INOSEG
RW
NOTES: 1. The INOSEG bit is valid only when the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register is "0" (one-edge). 2. The INOSGT bit must be set to "1" after the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register and the INOSEG bit in the PUM register are set.
Timer count source setting register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol TCSS Bit symbol TXCK0 TXCK1 TYCK0 TYCK1 TZCK0 TZCK1 Reserved bit (b7-b6)
Address 008E16 Bit name Timer X count source select bit(1)
After reset 0016 Function
b1 b0
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : f32 1 1 : f2
b3 b2
Timer Y count source select bit(1)
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : fRING 1 1 : Selects input from CNTR1 pin
b5 b4
Timer Z count source select bit(1)
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : Selects Timer Y underflow 1 1 : f2 Must be set to "0"
NOTES: 1. Avoid switching a count source, while a counter is in progress. Timer counter must be stopped before switching a count source.
Figure 12.21 PUM Register and TCSS Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 90 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
12.3.1 Timer Mode In this mode, the timer counts an internally generated count source or Timer Y underflow (see "Table 12.9 Timer Mode Specifications"). The TZSC register is unused in timer mode. Figure 12.22 shows the TYZMR register and PUM register in timer mode. Table 12.9 Timer Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation f1, f2, f8, Timer Y underflow * Down-count * When the timer underflows, it reloads the reload register contents before continuing counting (When the Timer Z underflows, the contents of the Timer Z primary reload Divide ratio Count start condition Count stop condition Interrupt request generation timing TZOUT pin function _______ INT0 pin function Read from timer Write to timer(1) register is reloaded.) 1/(n+1)(m+1) n: set value in PREZ register, m: set value in TZPR register Write "1" (count start) to TZS bit in TYZMR register Write "0" (count stop) to TZS bit in TYZMR register * When Timer Z underflows [Timer Z interrupt] Programmable I/O port ______ Programmable I/O port, or INT0 interrupt input Count value can be read out by reading TZPR register. Same applies to PREZ register. Value written to TZPR register is written to both reload register and counter or written to reload register only. Selected by program. Same applies to PREZ register. NOTES: 1. The IR bit in the TZIC register is set to "1" (interrupt requested) if you write to the TZPR or PREZ register while both of the following conditions are met. * TZWC bit in TYZMR register is set to "0" (write to reload register and counter simultaneously) * TZS bit in TYZMR register is set to "1" (count start) To write to the TZPR or PREZ register in the above state, disable interrupts before the writing.
Specification
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 91 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
Timer Y, Z mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol TYZMR
Address 008016
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TYMOD0 R1EDG
Bit name
Timer Y-related bit
Function
RW RW RW RW RW
TYWC TYS
b5 b4
TZMOD0 TZMOD1
Timer Z operation mode bit
0 0 : Timer mode
RW
RW Timer Z write control bit(1) Timer Z count start flag 0 : Write to reload register and counter 1 : Write to reload register only 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting RW
TZWC TZS
RW
NOTES: 1. When TZS bit=1 (starts counting), the value set in the TZWC bit is valid. If TZWC bit=0, the timer Z count value is written to both reload register and counter. If TZWC bit=1, the timer Z count value is written to the reload register only. When TZS bit=0 (stops counting), the timer Z count value is written to both reload register and counter regardless of how the TZWC bit is set.
Timer Y, Z waveform output control register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
000
0000
Symbol PUM Bit symbol (b3-b0) TYOPL
Address 008416 Bit name Reserved bit
After reset 0016 RW RW
Function Must set to "0"
Timer Y-related bit
RW Must set to "0" in timer mode
TZOPL
Timer Z output level latch INT0 pin one-shot trigger control bit
RW
INOSTG
Must set to "0" in timer mode
RW
INOSEG
INT0 pin one-shot trigger Must set to "0" in timer mode polarity select bit
RW
Figure 12.22 TYZMR Register and PUM Register in Timer Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 92 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
12.3.2 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode In this mode, an signal output from the TZOUT pin is inverted each time the counter underflows, while the values in the TZPR register and TZSC register are counted alternately (see "Table 12.10 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode Specifications"). A counting starts by counting the value set in the TZPR register. Figure 12.23 shows TYZMR and PUM registers in this mode. The Timer Z operates in the same way as the Timer Y in this mode. See Figure 12.17 (Timer Y operation ex ample in programmable waveform generation mode ). Table 12.10 Programmable Waveform Generation Mode Specifications Item Specification
Count source Count operation f1, f2, f8, Timer Y underflow * Down-count * When the timer underflows, it reloads the contents of primary reload register and secondary reload register alternately before continuing counting. Primary period : (n+1)(m+1)/fi Secondary period : (n+1)(p+1)/fi Period : (n+1){(m+1)+(p+1)}/fi fi : Count source frequency n: Set value in PREZ register, m: Set value in TZPR register, p: Set value in TZSC register Count start condition Count stop condition Write "1" (count start) to the TZS bit in the TYZMR register Write "0" (count stop) to the TZS bit in the TYZMR register
Output waveform width and period
Interrupt request generation timing In half of count source, after Timer Z underflows during secondary period (at the same time as the TZout output change) [Timer Z interrupt]. TZOUT pin function
_____
Pulse output Use timer mode when using this pin as a programmable I/O port.
_______
INT0 pin functions Read from timer Write to timer Select function
Programmable I/O port, or INT0 interrupt input Count value can be read out by reading TZPR register. Same applies to PREZ register(2). Value written to TZPR register is written to reload register only. Same applies to TZSC register and PREZ register(3). * Output level latch select function The output level during primary and secondary periods is selected by the TZOPL bit. * Programmable waveform generation output switching function The output from TZOUT is inverted synchronously when Timer Z underflows by setting the TZOCNT bit in the TYZOC register to "0". A value in the P3_1 bit is output from the TZOUT by setting to "1"(3).
NOTES: 1. Even when counting the secondary period, read out the TZPR register. 2. The set value in the TZPR register and TZSC register are enabled by writing a value to the TZPR register. The set values are reflected to the waveform output beginning with the next primary period after writing to the Timer Z primary register. 3. The TZOCNTbit is enabled in the following timings * When count starts * When Timer Z interrupt request is generated Therefore, pulse is output from the next primary period depending on the setting value of the TZOCNT bit.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 93 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
Timer Y, Z mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
101
Symbol TYZMR
Address 008016
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TYMOD0 R1EDG
Bit name
Timer Y-related bit
Function
RW RW RW RW RW
TYWC TYS
b5 b4
TZMOD0 TZMOD1
Timer Z operation mode bit
0 1 : Programmable waveform generation mode
RW
RW Timer Z write control bit Timer Z count start flag Set to "1" in programmable waveform generation mode(1) 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting RW
TZW C TZS
RW
NOTES: 1. When the TZS bit is set to "1" (count starts), the count value is written to the reload register only. When the TZS bit is set to "0" (count stops), the count value is written to both the reload register and counter.
Timer Y, Z waveform output control register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
00
00
Symbol PUM Bit symbol (b3-b0) TYOPL TZOPL
Address 008416 Bit name Reserved bit Timer Y-related bit Timer Z output level latch
After reset 0016 Function Must set to "0" RW RW RW 0 : Outputs "H" for primary period Outputs "L" for secondary period Outputs "L" when the timer is stopped 1 : Outputs "L" for primary period Outputs "H" for secondary period Outputs "H" when the timer is stopped Must set to "0" in programmable waveform generation mode Must set to "0" in programmable waveform generation mode
RW
INOSTG
INT0 pin one-shot trigger control bit INT0 pin one-shot trigger polarity select bit
RW RW
INOSEG
Figure 12.23 TYZMR Register and PUM Register in Programmable Waveform Generation Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 94 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
12.3.3 Programmable One-shot Generation Mode In this mode, upon program command or external trigger input (input to the INT0 pin), the microcomputer outputs the one-shot pulse from the TZOUT pin (see "Table 12.11 Programmable One-shot Generation Mode Specifications"). When a trigger occurs, the timer starts operating from the point only once for a given period equal to the set value in the TZPR register. The TZSC is unused in this mode. Figure 12.24 shows the TYZMR register and PUM register in this mode. Figure 12.25 shows an operation example in this mode. Table 12.11 Programmable One-shot Generation Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation f1, f2, f8, Timer Y underflow * Downcounts set value in TZPR register * When the timer underflows, it reloads the contents of reload register before completing counting and the TZOS bit is "0". * When a count stops, the timer reloads the contents of the reload register before it stops. One-shot pulse output duration Count start condition Count stop condition (n+1)(m+1)/fi fi : count source frequency, n: set value in PREZ register, m: set value in TZPR register * Set TZOS bit in TYZOC register to "1" (start one-shot)(1) * Input active trigger to INT0 pin(2) * When reloading is completed after count value was set to "0016" * When TZS bit in TYZMR register is set to "0" (stop counting)
Specification
* When TZOS bit in TYZOC register is set to "0" (stop one-shot) Interrupt request generation timing In half cycles of count source, after the timer underflows (at the same time as the TZout TZOUT pin function
_______
output ends) [Timer Z interrupt]. Pulse output Use timer mode when using this pin as a programmable I/O port. _______ Programmable I/O port, INT0 interrupt input or external trigger input
_______
INT0 pin function
* When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to "0" (INT0 one-shot trigger disabled) _______ Programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input
_______
* When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to "1" (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled) _______ external trigger (INT0 interrupt input) Read from timer Write to timer Select function Count value can be read out by reading TZPR register. Same applies to PREZ register. Value written to TZPR register is written to reload register only(3). Same applies to PREZ register. * Output level latch select function Output level for one-shot pulse waveform is selected by TZOPL bit.
_______
* INT0 pin one-shot trigger control function and polarity select function _______ Trigger input from INT0 pin can be set to active or inactive by INOSTG bit. Also, an active trigger's polarity can be selected by INOSEG bit. NOTES: 1. The TZS bit in the TYZMR register must be set to "1" (start counting). _______ 2. The TZS bit must be set to "1" (start counting), the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register to "1" (enabling INT0 input), and _____ the INOSTG bit in the PUM register to "1" (enabling INT0 one-shot trigger). _______ Although the trigger input during counting cannot be acknowledged, the INT0 interrupt request is generated. 3. The set values are reflected beginning with the next one-shot pulse after writing to the TZPR register.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 95 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
Timer Y, Z mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
110
Symbol TYZMR
Address 008016
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TYMOD0 R1EDG
Bit name
Timer Y-related bit
Function
RW RW RW RW RW
TYWC TYS
b5 b4
TZMOD0 TZMOD1
Timer Z operation mode bit
1 0 : Programmable one-shot generation mode
RW
RW Timer Z write control bit Timer Z count start flag Set to "1" in programmable one-shot generation mode(1) 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting RW
TZW C TZS
RW
NOTES: 1. When the TZS bit is set to "1" (count starts), the count value is written to the reload register only. When the TZS bit is set to "0" (count stops), the count value is written to both the reload register and counter.
Timer Y, Z waveform output control register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
00
Symbol PUM Bit symbol (b3-b0) TYOPL TZOPL
Address 008416 Bit name Reserved bit Timer Y-related bit Timer Z output level latch
After reset 0016 Function Must set to "0" RW RW RW 0 : Outputs "H" level one-shot pulse. Outputs "L" when the timer is stopped. 1 : Outputs "L" level one-shot pulse Outputs "H" when the timer is stopped.
RW
INOSTG
INT0 pin one-shot trigger 0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled control bit(2) 1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled(2) INT0 pin one-shot trigger polarity select bit(1) 0 : Edge trigger at falling edge 1 : Edge trigger at rising edge
RW RW
INOSEG
NOTES: 1. The INOSEG bit is valid only when the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register is set to "0" (one-edge). 2. The INOSGT bit must be set to "1" after the INT0EN bit the INOSEG register and the INOSEG bit in the PUM register are set. When setting the INOSTG bit to "1" (INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled), the INT0F0 and INT0F1 bits in the INT0F register must be set. The INOSTG bit must be set to "0" (INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled) after the TZS bit in the TYZMR register is set to "0" (count stop).
Figure 12.24 TYZMR Register and PUM Register in Programmable One-shot Generation Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 96 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
Set to "1" by program
TZS bit in "1" TYZMR register "0"
Set to "1" by program Set to "0" when count completes Set to "1" by INT0 pin input trigger
TZOS bit in "1" TYZOC register "0"
Count source
Prescaler Z underflow signal
INT0 pin input
"1" "0"
Count starts Timer Z primary reload Count starts Timer Z primary reload
Contents of Timer Z
0116
0016
0116
0016
0116
Set to "0" when interrupt request is acknowledged or by program
IR bit in "1" TZIC register "0"
Set to "1" by program
TZOPL bit in PUM register
"1" "0"
Waveform output starts Waveform output completes Waveform output starts Waveform output completes
"H" TZOUT pin output "L"
The above applies to the following conditions; PREZ=0116, TZPR=0116 TZOPL bit in PUM register=0, INOSTG bit= 1(INT0 one-shot trigger enabled) INOSEG bit= 1(rising edge trigger)
Figure 12.25 Operation Example in Programmable One-shot Generation Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 97 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
12.3.4 Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode In this mode, upon program or external trigger input (input to the INT0 pin), the microcomputer outputs the one-shot pulse from the TZOUT pin after waiting for a given length of time (see "Table 12.12 Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode Specifications"). When a trigger occurs, from this point, the timer starts outputting pulses only once for a given length of time equal to the set value in the TZSC register after waiting for a given length of time equal to the set value in the TZPR register. Figure 12.26 shows the TYZMR and PUM registers in this mode. Figure 12.27 shows an operation example in this mode. Table 12.12 Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation
Specification
f1, f2, f8, Timer Y underflow * Downcounts set value in Timer Z primary * When a counting of TZPR register underflows, the timer reloads the contents of TZSC register before continuing counting. * When a counting of TZSC register underflows, the timer reloads the contents of TZPR register before completing counting and the TZOS bit is "0".
Wait time One-shot pulse output time Count start condition Count stop condition
* When a count stops, the timer reloads the contents of the reload register before it stops. (n+1)(m+1)/fi n: set value in PREZ register, m: set value in TZPR register (n+1)(p+1)/fi n : set value in PREZ, p: set value in TZSC register * Set TZOS bit in TYZOC register to "1" (start one-shot)(1) * Input active trigger to INT0 pin(2) * When reloading is completed after Timer Z underflows during secondary period * When TZS bit in TYZMR register is set to "0" (stop counting) * When TZOS bit in TYZOC register is set to "0" (stop one-shot)
_______
Interrupt request generation timing TZOUT pin function
_______
I n half cycles of count source, after count value at counting TZSC register is set "0016" (at the same time as the TZout output change) [Timer Z interrupt] Pulse output Use timer mode when using this pin as a programmable I/O port.
_______
INT0 pin function
Programmable I/O port, INT0 interrupt input or external trigger input _______ * When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to "0" (INT0 one-shot trigger disabled)
_______
programmable I/O port or INT0 interrupt input _______ * When the INOSTG bit in the PUM register is set to "1" (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled)
_______
Read from timer Write to timer Select function
external trigger (INT0 interrupt input) Count value can be read out by reading TZPR register. Same applies to PREZ register. Value written to TZPR register and PREZ register are written to reload register only (3). Same applies to TZSC register. * Output level latch select function Output level for one-shot pulse waveform is selected by TZOPL bit. _______ * INT0 pin one-shot trigger control function and polarity select function
_______
Trigger input from INT0 pin can be set to active or inactive by INOSTG bit. Also, an active trigger's polarity can be selected by INOSEG bit. NOTES: 1. The TZS bit in the TYZMR register must be set to "1" (start counting). _______ 2. The TZS bit must be set to "1" (start counting), the INT0EN bit in the INTEN register to "1" (enabling INT0 input), and _____ the INOSTG bit in the PUM register to "1" (INT0 one-shot trigger enabled). _______ Although the trigger input during counting cannot be acknowledged, the INT0 interrupt request is generated. 3. The set values are reflected beginning with the next one-shot pulse after writing to the TZPR register.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 98 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
Timer Y, Z mode register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
111
Symbol TYZMR
Address 008016
After reset 002
Bit symbol
TYMOD0 R1EDG
Bit name
Timer Y-related bit
Function
RW RW RW RW RW
TYWC TYS
b5 b4
TZMOD0 TZMOD1
Timer Z operation mode bit
1 1 : Programmable wait one-shot generation mode
RW
RW Timer Z write control bit Timer Z count start flag Must set to "1" in programmable wait one-shot generation mode 0 : Stops counting 1 : Starts counting RW
TZWC TZS
RW
NOTES: 1. When the TZS bit is set to "0" (stop counting), the timer reloads the content of the reload register before it stops. Read out the count value before you stop the timer.
Timer Y, Z waveform output control register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
00
Symbol PUM Bit symbol (b3-b0) TYOPL TZOPL
Address 008416 Bit name Reserved bit Timer Y-related bit Timer Z output level latch
After reset 0016 Function Must set to "0" RW RW RW 0 : Outputs "H" level one-shot pulse. Outputs "L" when the timer is stopped. 1 : Outputs "L" level one-shot pulse Outputs "H" when the timer is stopped.
RW
INOSTG
INT0 pin one-shot trigger 0 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled control bit(2) 1 : INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled(2) INT0 pin one-shot trigger polarity select bit(1) 0 : Edge trigger at falling edge 1 : Edge trigger at rising edge
RW RW
INOSEG
NOTES: 1. The INOSEG bit is valid only when the INT0PL bit in the INTEN register is set to "0" (one-edge). 2. The INOSGT bit must be set to "1" after the INT0EN bit the INOSEG register and the INOSEG bit in the PUM register are set. When setting the INOSTG bit to "1" (INT0 pin one-shot trigger enabled), the INT0F0 and INT0F1 bits in the INT0F register must be set. The INOSTG bit must be set to "0" (INT0 pin one-shot trigger disabled) after the TZS bit in the TYZMR register is set to "0" (count stop).
Figure 12.26 TYZMR Register and PUM Register in Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 99 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.3 Timer (Timer Z)
Set to "1" by program
TZS bit in "1" TYZMR register "0"
Set to "1" by program or "1" by INT0 pin input trigger Set to "0" when count completes
TZOS bit in "1" TYZOC register "0"
Count source
Prescaler Z underflow signal
INT0 input pin
"1" "0"
Count starts Timer Z secondary reload Timer Z primary reload
Contents of Timer Z
0116
0016
0216
0116
0016
0116
Set to "0" when interrupt request is acknowledged or by program
IR bit in TZIC register
"1" "0"
Set to "0" by program
TZOPL bit in PUM register
"1" "0"
Wait starts Waveform output starts Waveform output completes
"H" TZOUT pin output "L"
The above applies to the following conditions; PREZ=0116, TZPR=0116, TZSC=0216 TZOPL bit in PUM register=0, INOSTG bit=1(INT0 one-shot trigger enabled) INOSEG bit=1(rising edge trigger)
Figure 12.27 Operation Example in Programmable Wait One-shot Generation Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 100 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.4 Timer (Timer C)
12.4 Timer C
Timer C is a 16-bit timer. Figure 12.28 shows a block diagram of Timer C. Figure 12.29 shows a block diagram of CMPs waveform generation unit. Figure 12.30 shows a block diagram of CMP waveform output unit. The Timer C has two modes: input capture mode and output compare mode. Figures 12.31 shows TC, TM0, TM1, and TCC0 registers. Figure 12.32 shows TCC1 and TCOUT registers.
f1
TCC11 to TCC10 =012 =102 =112 Other than 002 =002 Sampling clock
f8 f32 INT3/TCIN
Digital filter
TCC07=0
Edge detection
TCC07=1
INT3 interrupt
fRING128
Transfer signal
Upper 8 bits Lower 8 bits Capture and compare 0 register TM0 register Compare circuit 0 Compare 0 interrupt
Data bus
f32 fRING-fast
TCC02 to TCC01 =002 f1 =012 f8 =102
=112
TCC00
Upper 8 bits Lower 8 bits Counter TC register TCC12
=0
Timer C interrupt
TCC12 =1 Timer C counter reset signal
Compare circuit 1
Compare 1 interrupt
Upper 8 bits Lower 8 bits Compare register 1 TM1 register TCC01 to TCC02, TCC07: Bits in TCC0 register TCC10 to TCC12: Bits in TCC1 register
Figure 12.28 Timer C Block Diagram
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 101 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.4 Timer (Timer C)
TCC14 TCC15 Compare 0 interrupt signal Compare 1 interrupt signal TCC16 TCC17 H L Reverse TCC17 to TCC16 =112 =102 =012 T D Latch R Reset
Q
CMP output (internal signal)
Reverse L H
TCC15 to TCC14 =012 =102 =112
TCC14 to TCC17: Bits in TCC1 register
Figure 12.29 CMP Waveform Generation Unit
CMP output (internal signal)
TCOUT6=0 TCOUT0=1 inverted TCOUT6=1
PD1_0 TCOUT0 CMP00
P1_0
TCOUT0=0
Register Bit Setting Value
TCOUT TCOUT0 1 1 1 1
P1 P1_0 1 1 0 0
TCOUT TCOUT6 0 1 0 1 CMP00 output CMP00 waveform output CMP00 reversed waveform output "L" output "H" output
This diagram is a block diagram of the CMP00 waveform output unit. The CMP01 to CMP02 and CMP10 to CMP12 waveform output units are the same configurations.
Figure 12.30 CMP Waveform Output Unit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 102 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.4 Timer (Timer C)
Timer C register
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TC
Address 009116-009016
After reset 000016
Function Internal count source is counted "000016" can be read out by reading when TCC00 bit = 0 (stops counting) Count value can be read out by reading when TCC00 bit = 1 (start counting)
RW RO
Capture and compare 0 register
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TM0 Mode Input capture mode Mode Output compare mode(1)
Address 009D16-009C16 Function
After reset 0000162 RW RO
When active edge of measurement pulse is input, the value of the TC register is stored Function The value compared with Timer C is stored Setting range 000016 to FFFF16
RW RW
NOTES: 1. When setting a value in the TM0 register, set the TCC13 bit in the TCC1 register to "1"(compare 0 output selected) When the TCC13 bit is set to "0"(capture selected), the value cannot be written. 2. When the TCC13 bit in the TCC1 register is set to "1", the value is set to FFFF16.
Compare 1 register
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol TM1 Mode Function
Address 009F16-009E16
After reset FFFF16 Setting range 000016 to FFFF16 RW RW
Output compare The value compared with Timer C is stored mode
Timer C control register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
Symbol TC C 0
Address 009A16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TCC00
Bit name
Timer C control start bit Timer C count source select bit(1)
Function
0 : Count stop 1 : Count start
b2 b1
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
TCC01 TCC02 TCC03 TCC04
0 0 : f1 0 1 : f8 1 0 : f32 1 1 : fRING-fast
b4 b3
INT3 interrupt and capture polarity select bit(1, 2)
0 0 : Rising edge 0 1 : Falling edge 1 0 : Both edges 1 1 : Avoid this setting Must set to "0"
Reserved bit (b6-b5) TCC07 INT3 interrupt and capture input switching bit(1, 2)
0 : INT3 1 : fRING128
RW
NOTES: 1. Change this bit when TCC00 bit is set to "0" (count stop). 2. The IR bit in the INT3IC may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the TCC03, TCC04, or TCC07 bit is rewritten. Refer to the paragraph 19.2.5 "Changing Interrupt Factor" in the Usage Notes Reference Book.
Figure 12.31 TC Register, TM0 Register, TM1 Register, TCC0 Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 103 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.4 Timer (Timer C)
Timer C control register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TC C 1
Address 009B16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TCC10 TCC11 TCC12
Bit name
INT3 input filter select bit(1)
b1 b0
Function
0 0 1 1 0: No filter 1: Filter with f1 sampling 0: Filter with f8 sampling 1: Filter with f32 sampling
RW RW RW RW
Timer C counter reload select bit(3) Compare 0/Capture select bit(2)
0: No reload (free-run) 1: Set TC register to "000016" at compare 1 match 0: Capture (input capture mode)(3) 1: Compare 0 output (output compare mode)
b5 b4
TCC13
RW
TCC14
Compare 0 output mode select bit(3)
TCC15
0 0: CMP output remains unchanged even when compare 0 signal matched 0 1: CMP output is reversed when compare 0 signal is matched 1 0: CMP output is set to low when compare 0 signal is matched 1 1: CMP output is set to high when compare 0 signal is matched
RW
TCC16
Compare 1 output mode select bit(3)
b7 b6
RW
TCC17
0 0: CMP output remains unchanged even when compare 1 signal matched 0 1: CMP output is reversed when compare 1 signal is matched 1 0: CMP output is set to low when compare 1 signal is matched 1 1: CMP output is set to high when compare 1 signal is matched
NOTES: 1. Input is recognized only when the same value from INT3 pin is sampled three times in succession. 2. The TCC00 bit in the TCC0 register should be set to "0" (count stop) when rewriting the TCC13 bit. 3. The TCC12 and TCC14 to TCC17 should be set to "0" when the TCC13 bit is "0" (input capture mode).
Timer C output control register (1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol TCOUT
Address 00FF16
After reset 0016
Bit symbol
TCOUT0 TCOUT1 TCOUT2 TCOUT3 TCOUT4 TCOUT5 TCOUT6
Bit name
CMP output enable bit 0 CMP output enable bit 1 CMP output enable bit 2 CMP output enable bit 3 CMP output enable bit 4 CMP output enable bit 5 CMP output reverse bit 0
Function
0: Disable CMP output from CMP00 1: Enable CMP output from CMP00 0: Disabe CMP output from CMP01 1: Enable CMP output from CMP01 0: Disable CMP output from CMP02 1: Enable CMP output from CMP02 0: Disable CMP output from CMP10 1: Enable CMP output from CMP10 0: Disable CMP output from CMP11 1: Enable CMP output from CMP11 0: Disable CMP output from CMP12 1: Enable CMP output from CMP12 0: Not reverse CMP output from CMP00 to CMP02 1: Reverse CMP output from CMP 00 to CMP02 0: Not reverse CMP output from CMP10 to CMP12 1: Reverse CMP output from CMP10 to CMP12
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
RW
TCOUT7
CMP output reverse bit 1
RW
NOTES: 1. Set the bits which are not used for the CMP output to "0".
Figure 12.32 TCC1 Register and TCOUT Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 104 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.4 Timer (Timer C)
12.4.1 Input Capture Mode This mode uses an edge input to TCIN pin or the fRING128 clock as trigger to latch the timer value and generates an interrupt request. The TCIN input has a digital filter and this prevents an error caused by noise or so on from occurring. Table 12.13 shows specifications in input capture mode. Figure 12.33 shows an operation example of input capture mode.
Table 12.13 Input Capture Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation f1, f8, f32, fRING-fast
Specification
* Count up * Transfer value in TC register to TM0 register at active edge of measurement pulse * Value in TC register is set to "000016" when a counting stops TCC00 bit in TCC0 register is set to "1" (count start) TCC00 bit in TCC0 register is set to "0" (count stop) _____ * When active edge of measurement pulse is input [INT3 interrupt](2) * When Timer C overflows [Timer C interrupt] _______ Programmable I/O port or measurement pulse input (INT3 interrupt input) Programmable I/O port When TCC00 bit in TCC0 register is set to "0" (capture disabled) * Count value can be read out by reading TC register. * Count value at measurement pulse active edge input can be read out by reading TM0 register.
Count start condition Count stop condition Interrupt request
______
generation timing INT3/TCIN pin function
P10 to P12, P33 to P35 pin function Counter value reset timing Read from timer(1)
Write to timer Select function
Write to TC register and TM0 register is disabled _____ * INT3/TCIN polarity select function Measurement pulse active edge is selected by TCC03 to TCC04 bits * Digital filter function Digital filter sampling frequency is selected by TCC11 to TCC10 bits * Trigger select function TCIN input or fRING128 is selected by TCC07 bit.
NOTES: 1. TC register and TM0 register must be read in 16-bit units. _______ 2. The INT3 interrupt is acknowledged by digital filter delay and one count source cycle delay (max.)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 105 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.4 Timer (Timer C)
FFFF16
Overflow
Counter contents (hex)
Count start
Measurement value 2
Measurement value 1
Measurement value 3
000016
Set to "1" by program TCC00 bit in TCC0 "1" register "0"
Time Set to "0" by program
The delay caused by digital filter and one cycle delay (max.) of count source
Measurement pulse "H" (TCIN pin input) "L"
Transmit Transmit (Measurement (Measurement value 1) value 2)
Transmit (Measurement value 3)
Transmit timing from Timer C counter to TM0 register Indeterminate TM0 register Measurement value 1 Measurement value 2 Measurement value 3 Indeterminate
Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by program IR bit in INT3IC "1" register "0" Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by program IR bit in TCIC "1" register "0" Conditions: TCC0 register TCC04 to TCC03 bits=012 (capture input polarity is set for falling edge), TCC07=0 (INT3/TCIN input as capture input trigger)
Figure 12.33 Operation Example of Timer C in Input Capture Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 106 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.4 Timer (Timer C)
12.4.2 Output Compare Mode In this mode, an interrupt request is generated when the value of TC register matches the value of TM0 or TM1 register. Table 12.14 shows specifications in output compare mode. Figure 12.34 shows an operation example of output compare mode.
Table 12.14 Output Compare Mode Specifications Item
Count source Count operation Count start condition Count stop condition Waveform output start condition Waveform output stop condition Interrupt request generation timing
______
Specification
f1, f8, f32, fRING-fast * Count up * Value in TC register is set to "000016" when a counting stops TCC00 bit in TCC0 register is set to "1" (count start) TCC00 bit in TCC0 register is set to "0" (count stop) When "1" (CMP output enabled) is written to TCOUT0 to TCOUT5 bits.(2) When "0" (CMP output disabled) is written to TCOUT0 to TCOUT5 bits. * When a match occurs in compare circuit 0 [compare 0 interrupt] * When a match occurs in compare circuit 1 [compare 1 interrupt] * When Time C overflows [Timer C interrupt] _______ Programmable I/O port or INT3 interrupt input
INT3/TCIN pin function
P10 to P12 pins and P30 to Programmable I/O port or CMP output(2) P32 pins function Counter value reset timing Read from timer(1) Write to timer(1) When TCC00 bit in TCC0 register is set to "0" (count stop) * Value in compare register can be read out by reading TM0 register and TM1 register. * Count value can be read out by reading TC register. * Write to TC register is disabled. * Values written to TM0 register and TM1 register are stored in compare register at the following timings: - When TM0 and TM1 registers are written if TCC00 bit is "0" (count stop) - When counter overflows if TCC00 bit is "1" (in counting) and TCC12 bit in TCC1 register is "0" (free-run) - When compare 1 matches counter if TCC00 bit is "1" and TCC12 bit is "1" (set TC Select function register to "000016" at compare 1 match) * Timer C counter reload select function Counter value in TC register at match occurrence in compare circuit 1 is set or not set to "000016" selected by TCC12 bit in TCC1 register. * Output level at match occurrence in compare circuit 0 can be selected by TCC15 to TCC14 bits in TCC1 register. Similarly, output level at match occurrence in compare circuit 1 can be selected by TCC17 to TCC16 bits in TCC1 register. * Whether output is reversed or not can be selected by TCOUT1 to TCOUT0 bits in TCOUT register. NOTES: 1. TC, TM0, and TM1 registers should be accessed in 16-bit units. 2. When the corresponding port data is "1", the waveform is output depending on the setting of the registers TCC1 and TCOUT. When the corresponding port data is "0", the fixed level is output (refer to Figure 12.30 CMP Waveform Output Unit.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 107 of 205
R8C/13 Group
12.4 Timer (Timer C)
Match Set value in TM1 register
Counter content (hex)
Count start Set value in TM0 register
Match
Match
000016 Time Set to "1" by program
TCC00 bit in TCC0 register
"1" "0" Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by program
IR bit in CMP0IC register
"1" "0" Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by program
IR bit in CMP1IC register
"1" "0"
"1" CMP00 output "0"
CMP10 output
"1" "0"
The above applies to the following conditions. TCC12 bit in TCC1 register=1 (TC register is set to "000016" at Compare 1 match occurrence ) TCC13 bit in TCC1 register=1 (Compare 0 output selected) TCC15 to TCC14 bits in TCC1 register =112 (CMP output level is set to high at Compare 0 match occurrence)TCC17 to TCC16 bits in TCC1 register=102 (CMP output level is set to low at Compare 1 match occurrence) TCOUT6 bit in TCOUT register=0 (not reversed) TCOUT7 bit in TCOUT register =1 (reversed) TCOUT0 bit in TCOUT register=1 (CMP00 output enabled) TCOUT3 bit in TCOUT register=1 (CMP10 output enabled) P1_0 bit in P1 register=1 (high) P3_0 bit in P3 register=1 (high)
Figure 12.34 Operation Example of Timer C in Output Compare Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 108 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13. Serial Interface
13. Serial Interface
Serial interface is configured with two channels: UART0 to UART1. UART0 and UART1 each have an exclusive timer to generate a transfer clock, so they operate independently of each other. Figure 13.1 shows a block diagram of UARTi (i=0, 1). Figure 13.2 shows a block diagram of the UARTi transmit/receive. UART0 has two modes: clock synchronous serial I/O mode, and clock asynchronous serial I/O mode (UART mode). UART1 has only one mode, clock asynchronous serial I/O mode (UART mode). Figures 13.3 to 13.5 show the UARTi-related registers.
Main clock or on-chip oscillator clock
1/8 1/4
f1SIO f8SIO f32SIO
(UART0)
RxD0 1/16 CLK1 to CLK0=002 UART reception Clock synchronous type U0BRG register 1/(n0+1) External 1/16 UART transmission Clock synchronous type Transmission control circuit Transmit clock Reception control circuit Receive clock Transmit/ receive unit TxD0
f1SIO =012 f8SIO f32SIO =102
Internal
Clock synchronous type (when internal clock is selected) 1/2
CKDIR=0
Clock synchronous type CKDIR=1 (when external clock is selected)
Clock synchronous type (when internal clock is selected) CLK0 CLK polarity reversing circuit
(UART1)
TXD1EN
RxD1 UART reception 1/16 CLK1 to CLK0=002 Reception control circuit
TxD10
f1SIO =012 f8SIO f32SIO =102
Internal
U1BRG register
UART transmission 1/(n1+1) 1/16
Reception control circuit
Transmit/ receive unit
TXD1SEL=1 TxD11 TXD1SEL=0
Transmission control circuit
Transmission control circuit
To P00
Figure 13.1 UARTi (i=0, 1) Block Diagram
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 109 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13. Serial Interface
Clock synchronous type PRYE=1 Clock synchronous PAR type disabled UART (7 bits) UART (8 bits) UART (7 bits)
UARTi receive register
1SP
RxDi
SP 2SP
SP
PAR
UART PAR enabled PRYE=0
UART (9 bits)
Clock synchronous type UART (8 bits) UART (9 bits)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
UiRB register
MSB/LSB conversion circuit
Data bus high-order bits Data bus low-order bits
MSB/LSB conversion circuit
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
UiTB register
UART (8 bits) UART (9 bits) PRYE=1 PAR enabled
PAR
UART (9 bits) UART
Clock synchronous type
2SP SP SP 1SP
TxDi
PAR Clock disabled synchronous PRYE=0 type UART (7 bits) UART (8 bits) Clock synchronous type UART (7 bits)
UARTi transmit register
"0"
i=0, 1 SP: Stop bit PAR: Parity bit NOTES: 1. Clock synchronous type is provide in UART0 only.
Figure 13.2 UARTi Transmit/Receive Unit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 110 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13. Serial Interface
UARTi transmit buffer register (1, 2) (i=0, 1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol U0TB U1TB
Address 00A316-00A216 00AB16-00AA16
After reset Indeterminate Indeterminate
Bit symbol (b8-b0) (b15-b9) Transmit data
Function
RW WO
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate.
NOTES: 1. When transfer data length is 9-bit long, write high-byte first then low-byte. 2. Use MOV instruction to write to this register.
UARTi receive buffer register (1) (i=0, 1)
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7 b0
Symbol U0RB U1RB
Address 00A716-00A616 00AF16-00AE16
After reset Indeterminate Indeterminate
Bit symbol (b7-b0) (b8) (b11-b9) OER FER PER SUM
Bit name Receive data (D7 to D0) Receive data (D8)
Function
RW RO RO
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate. Overrun error flag(2) Framing error flag(2) Parity error flag(2) Error sum flag(2) 0 : No overrun error 1 : Overrun error found 0 : No framing error 1 : Framing error found 0 : No parity error 1 : Parity error found 0 : No error 1 : Error found RO
RO RO RO
NOTES: 1. Read the UiRB register in 16-bit unit. 2. All of the SUM, PER, FER and OER bits are set to "0" (no error) when the SMD2 to SMD0 bits in the UiMR register are set to "0002" (serial I/O disabled) or the RE bit in the UiC1 register is set to "0" (reception disabled). The SUM bit is set to "0" (no error) when all of the PER, FER and OER bits are set to "0" (no error). The PER and FER bits are set to "0" even when the higher byte of the UiRB register is read.
UARTi bit rate register (1, 2, 3) (i=0, 1)
b7 b0
Symbol U0BRG U1BRG
Address 00A116 00A916 Function
After reset Indeterminate Indeterminate Setting range 0016 to FF16
RW WO
Assuming that set value = n, UiBRG divides the count source by n + 1 NOTES: 1. Write to this register while serial interface is neither transmitting nor receiving. 2. Use MOV instruction to write to this register. 3. After setting the CLK0 to CLK1 bits of the UiC0 register, write to the UiBRG register.
Figure 13.3 U0TB and U1TB Registers, U0RB and U1RB Registers, and U0BRG and U1BRG Registers
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 111 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13. Serial Interface
UARTi transmit/receive mode register (i=0, 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0 Bit symbol SMD0 SMD1 SMD2
Symbol U0MR U1MR Bit name Serial interface mode select bit(2)
Address 00A016 00A816
After reset 0016 0016 Function RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
b2 b1 b0
0 0 0 : Serial interface disabled 0 0 1 : Clock synchronous serial I/O mode 1 0 0 : UART mode transfer data 7 bits long 1 0 1 : UART mode transfer data 8 bits long 1 1 0 : UART mode transfer data 9 bits long Must not be set except above 0 : Internal clock 1 : External clock(1) 0 : 1 stop bit 1 : 2 stop bits
CKDIR Internal/external clock select bit(3) STPS PRY Stop bit length select bit
Odd/even parity select bit Effective when PRYE = 1 0 : Odd parity 1 : Even parity Parity enable bit Reserved bit 0 : Parity disabled 1 : Parity enabled Must set to "0"
PRYE
(b7)
NOTES: 1. Must set the P1_6 bit in the PD1 register to "0" (input). 2. For the U1MR register, the SMD2 to SMD0 bits must not be set except the followings: "0002", "1002", "1012", or "1102". 3. Must set the CKDIR bit to "0" (internal clock) in UART1.
UARTi transmit/receive control register 0 (i=0, 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol U0C0 U1C0 Bit symbol CLK0 CLK1 Bit name BRG count source select bit(1)
Address 00A416 00AC16
After reset 0816 0816 Function RW RW RW
b1 b0
0 0 : f1SIO is selected 0 1 : f8SIO is selected 1 0 : f32SIO is selected 1 1 : Avoid this setting Set to "0"
Reserved bit (b2) TXEPT Transmit register empty flag
RW
0 : Data present in transmit register (during transmission) 1 : No data present in transmit register (transmission completed)
RO
(b4)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate. Data output select bit 0 : TxDi pin is a pin of CMOS output 1 : TxDi pin is a pin of N-channel open-drain output 0 : Transmit data is output at falling edge of transfer clock and receive data is input at rising edge 1 : Transmit data is output at rising edge of transfer clock and receive data is input at falling edge 0 : LSB first 1 : MSB first
NCH CKPOL
RW
CLK polarity select bit
RW
UFORM Transfer format select bit
RW
NOTES: 1. If the BRG count source is switched, set the UiBRG register again.
Figure 13.4 U0MR and U1MR Registers and U0C0 and U1C0 Registers
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 112 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13. Serial Interface
UARTi transmit/receive control register 1 (i=0, 1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol U0C1 U1C1 Bit symbol TE TI RE RI Bit name Transmit enable bit Transmit buffer empty flag
Address 00A516 00AD16
After reset 0216 0216 Function RW
0 : Transmission disabled 1 : Transmission enabled 0 : Data present in UiTB register 1 : No data present in UiTB register 0 : Reception disabled 1 : Reception enabled 0 : No data present in UiRB register 1 : Data present in UiRB register
RW RO RW RO
Receive enable bit(1) Receive complete flag(2)
(b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set "0". When read, its content is "0".
NOTES: 1. As for the UART1, set the TXD1EN bit in the UCON register before setting this bit to reception enabled. 2. The RI bit is set to "0" when the higher byte of the UiRB register is read.
UART transmit/receive control register 2
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol UCON
Address 00B016
After reset 0016
Bit symbol U0IRS
Bit name UART0 transmit interrupt cause select bit UART1 transmit interrupt cause select bit UART0 continuous receive mode enable bit Reserved bit
Function 0 : Transmit buffer empty (Tl = 1) 1 : Transmission completed (TXEPT = 1) 0 : Transmit buffer empty (Tl = 1) 1 : Transmission completed (TXEPT = 1) 0 : Continuous receive mode disabled 1 : Continuous receive mode enable Must set to "0"
RW
RW
U1IRS
RW RW RW RW
U0RRM
(b4-b3)
TXD1SEL Port TxD11 switching bit(2) 0 : I/O port P00 1 : TxD11 TXD1EN TxD10/RxD1 select bit(1, 2) 0 : RxD1 1 : TxD10
RW
(b7)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set "0". When read, its content is "0".
NOTES: 1. For P37, select "0" (RxD1) for data receive, and "1" (TxD10) for data transfer. Set the PD3_7 bit in the PD3 register to "0" (input mode) when receiving. 2. Do not set the TXD1SEL and TXD1EN bits to "1" at the same time since they function independently.
Figure 13.5 U0C1 and U1C1 Registers and UCON Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 113 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
13.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
The clock synchronous serial I/O mode uses a transfer clock to transmit and receive data. This mode can be selected with UART0. Table 13.1 lists the specifications of the clock synchronous serial I/O mode. Table 13.2 lists the registers used in clock synchronous serial I/O mode and the register values set. Table 13.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode Specifications
Item Transfer data format Transfer clock * Transfer data length: 8 bits * CKDIR bit in U0MR register is set to "0" (internal clock): fi/(2(n+1)) fi=f1SIO, f8SIO, f32SIO n=setting value in UiBRG register: 0016 to FF16 * CKDIR bit is set to "1" (external clock ): input from CLK0 pin * Before transmission can start, the following requirements must be met(1)
_ _
Specification
Transmission start condition
TE bit in U0C1 register is set to "1" (transmission enabled) TI bit in U0C1 register is set to "0" (data present in U0TB register)
Reception start condition
* Before reception can start, the following requirements must be met(1) _ RE bit in U0C1 register is set to "1" (reception enabled)
_ _
TE bit in U0C1 register is set to "1" (transmission enabled) TI bit in U0C1 register is set to "0" (data present in the U0TB register)
Interrupt request generation timing
_
* For transmission, one of the following conditions can be selected U0IRS bit is set to "0" (transmit buffer empty): when transferring data from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register (at start of transmission) U0IRS bit is set to "1" (transfer completed): when serial interface finished sending
_
data from UARTi transmit register * For reception When transferring data from the UART0 receive register to the U0RB register (at completion of reception) Error detection * Overrun error(2) This error occurs if serial interface started receiving the next data before reading the U0RB register and received the 7th bit of the next data * CLK polarity selection Transfer data I/O can be chosen to occur synchronously with the rising or the falling edge of the transfer clock * LSB first, MSB first selection Whether to start sending/receiving data beginning with bit 0 or beginning with bit 7 can be selected * Continuous receive mode selection Reception is enabled immediately by reading the U0RB register NOTES:
Select function
1. When an external clock is selected, the conditions must be met while if the U0C0 register0 CKPOL bit = 0 (transmit data output at the falling edge and the receive data taken in at the rising edge of the transfer clock), the external clock is in the high state; if the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is set to "1" (transmit data output at the rising edge and the receive data taken in at the falling edge of the transfer clock), the external clock is in the low state. 2. If an overrun error occurs, the value of U0RB register will be indeterminate. The IR bit of S0RIC register does not change.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 114 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
Table 13. 2 Registers to Be Used and Settings in Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
Register U0TB U0RB U0BRG U0MR U0C0 Bit 0 to 7 0 to 7 OER 0 to 7 SMD2 to SMD0 CKDIR CLK1 to CLK0 TXEPT NCH CKPOL UFORM U0C1 TE TI RE RI UCON U0IRS U0RRM TXDISEL TXDIEN Function Set transmission data Reception data can be read Overrun error flag Set a bit rate Set to "0012" Select the internal clock or external clock Select the count source for the U0BRG register Transmit register empty flag Select TxD0 pin output mode Select the transfer clock polarity Select the LSB first or MSB first Set this bit to "1" to enable transmission/reception Transmit buffer empty flag Set this bit to "1" to enable reception Reception complete flag Select the source of UART0 transmit interrupt Set this bit to "1" to use continuous receive mode Set to "0" Set to "0"
NOTES: 1. Not all register bits are described above. Set those bits to "0" when writing to the registers in clock synchronous serial I/O mode.
Table 13.3 lists the functions of the I/O pins during clock synchronous serial I/O mode. Note that for a period from when the UART0 operation mode is selected to when transfer starts, the TxD0 pin outputs an "H". (If the NCH bit is set to "1"(N-channel open-drain output), this pin is in high-impedance state.) Table 13.3 Pin Functions
Pin name TxD0 (P14) RxD0 (P15) CLK0 (P16) Function Serial data output Serial data input Transfer clock output Transfer clock input Method of selection (Outputs dummy data when performing reception only) PD1 register PD1_5 bit=0 (P15 can be used as an input port when performing transmission only) U0MR register CKDIR bit=0 U0MR register CKDIR bit=1 PD1 register PD1_6 bit=0
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 115 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
* Example of transmit timing (when internal clock is selected)
Tc
Transfer clock
U0C1 register "1" TE bit "0" U0C1 register "1" TI bit
"0"
Write data to U0TB register
Transferred from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
TCLK
Stopped pulsing because the TE bit = 0
CLK0
TxD0 U0C0 register "1" TXEPT bit
"0"
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
S0TIC register "1" IR bit
"0"
Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by a program Tc = TCLK = 2(n + 1) / fi fi: frequency of U0BRG count source (f1SIO, f8SIO, f32SIO) n: value set to U0BRG register The above timing diagram applies to the case where the register bits are set as follows: * U0MR register CKDIR bit = 0 (internal clock) * U0C0 register CKPOL bit = 0 (transmit data output at the falling edge and receive data taken in at the rising edge of the transfer clock) * U0IRS bit = 0 (an interrupt request occurs when the transmit buffer becomes empty):
* Example of receive timing (when external clock is selected)
U0C1 register RE bit U0C1 register TE bit U0C1 register TI bit
"1" "0" "1" "0" "1" "0"
Write dummy data to U0TB register
Transferred from U0TB register to UART0 transmit register
1 / fEXT
CLK0
Receive data is taken in
RxD0 U0C1 register RI bit S0RIC register IR bit
"1" "0" "1" "0"
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
Transferred from UART0 receive register to U0RB register
D0 D1 D2
D3 D4 D5
Read out from U0RB register
Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by a program The above timing diagram applies to the case where the register bits are set as follows: * U0MR register CKDIR bit = 1 (external clock) * U0C0 register CKPOL bit = 0 (transmit data output at the falling edge and receive data taken in at the rising edge of the transfer clock) Make sure the following conditions are met when input to the CLK0 pin before receiving data is high: * U0C1 register TE bit = 1 (transmit enabled) * U0C1 register RE bit = 1 (receive enabled) * Write dummy data to the U0TB register fEXT: frequency of external clock
Figure 13.6 Transmit and Receive Operation
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 116 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
13.1.1 Polarity Select Function Figure 13.7 shows the polarity of the transfer clock. Use the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register to select the transfer clock polarity.
(1) When the U0C0 register CKPOL bit = 0 (transmit data output at the edge and the receive data taken in at the rising edge of the transfer
CLK0 (1) TXD0 RXD0 D0 D0 D1 D1 D2 D2 D3 D3 D4 D4 D5 D5 D6 D6 D7 D7
(2) When the U0C0 register CKPOL bit = 1 (transmit data output at the edge and the receive data taken in at the falling edge of the transfe
CLK0 (2) TXD0 RXD0 D0 D0 D1 D1 D2 D2 D3 D3 D4 D4 D5 D5 D6 D6 D7 D7
NOTES: 1. When not transferring, the CLK0 pin outputs a high signal. 2. When not transferring, the CLK0 pin outputs a low signal.
Figure 13.7 Transfer Clock Polarity 13.1.2 LSB First/MSB First Select Function Figure 13.8 shows the transfer format. Use the UFORM bit in the U0C0 register to select the transfer format.
(1) When U0C0 register UFORM bit = 0 (LSB first)
CLK0 TXD0 RXD0 D0 D0 D1 D1 D2 D2 D3 D3 D4 D4 D5 D5 D6 D6 D7 D7
(2) When U0C0 register UFORM bit = 1 (MSB first)
CLK0 TXD0 RXD0 D7 D7 D6 D6 D5 D5 D4 D4 D3 D3 D2 D2 D1 D1 D0 D0
NOTES: 1. This applies to the case where the CKPOL bit in the U0C0 register is set to "0" (transmit data output at the falling edge and the receive data taken in at the rising edge of the transfer clock).
Figure 13.8 Transfer Format
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 117 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13.1 Clock Synchronous Serial I/O Mode
13.1.3 Continuous Receive Mode Continuous receive mode is held by setting setting the U0RRM bit in the UCON register to "1" (enables continuous receive mode). In this mode, reading the U0RB register sets the TI bit in the U0C1 register to "0"(data in the U0TB register). When the U0RRM bit is set to "1", do not write dummy data to tge U0TB register in a program.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 118 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13.2 Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode
13.2 Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode
The UART mode allows transmitting and receiving data after setting the desired bit rate and transfer data format. Tables 13.4 lists the specifications of the UART mode. Table 13.5 lists the registers and settings for UART mode.
Table 13.4 UART Mode Specifications
Item Transfer data format Specification * Character bit (transfer data): selectable from 7, 8 or 9 bits * Start bit: 1 bit * Parity bit: selectable from odd, even, or none * Stop bit: selectable from 1 or 2 bits * UiMR(i=0, 1) register CKDIR bit = 0 (internal clock) : fj/(16(n+1)) fj=f1SIO, f8SIO, f32SIO n=setting value in UiBRG register: 0016 to FF16 * CKDIR bit = "1" (external clock) : fEXT/(16(n+1)) fEXT: input from CLKi pin n=setting value in UiBRG register: 0016 to FF16 * Before transmission can start, the following requirements must be met _ TE bit in UiC1 register= 1 (transmission enabled) _ TI bit in UiC1 register = 0 (data present in UiTB register) * Before reception can start, the following requirements must be met _ RE bit in UiC1 register= 1 (reception enabled) _ Start bit detection * For transmission, one of the following conditions can be selected _ UiIRS bit = 0 (transmit buffer empty): when transferring data from UiTB register to UARTi transmit register (at start of transmission) _ UiIRS bit =1 (transfer completed): when serial interface finished sending data from UARTi transmit register * For reception When transferring data from UARTi receive register to UiRB register (at completion of reception) * Overrun error(1) This error occurs if serial interface started receiving the next data before reading UiRB register and received the bit one before the last stop bit of the next data * Framing error This error occurs when the number of stop bits set is not detected * Parity error This error occurs when if parity is enabled, the number of 1's in parity and character bits does not match the number of 1's set * Error sum flag This flag is set (= 1) when any of the overrun, framing, and parity errors is encountered * TXD10, RXD1 selection (UART) P37 pin can be used as RxD1 pin or TxD10 pin in UART1. Select by a program. * TxD11 pin selection (UART1) P00 pin can be used as TxD11 pin in UART1 or port P00. Select by a program.
Transfer clock
Transmission start condition
Reception start condition
Interrupt request generation timing
Error detection
Select function
NOTES: 1. If an overrun error occurs, the value of U0RB register will be indeterminate. The IR bit in the S0RIC register does not change.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 119 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13.2 Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode
Table 13.5 Registers to Be Used and Settings in UART Mode
Register UiTB UiRB UiBRG UiMR Bit 0 to 8 0 to 8 0 to 7 SMD2 to SMD0 Function Set transmission data(1) Reception data can be read(1) Set a bit rate Set these bits to `1002' when transfer data is 7 bits long Set these bits to `1012' when transfer data is 8 bits long Set these bits to `1102' when transfer data is 9 bits long CKDIR STPS PRY, PRYE UiC0 CLK0, CLK1 TXEPT NCH CKPOL UFORM UiC1 TE TI RE RI UCON U0IRS, U1IRS U0RRM TXD1SEL TXD1EN Select the internal clock or external clock(2) Select the stop bit Select whether parity is included and whether odd or even Select the count source for the UiBRG register Transmit register empty flag Select TxDi pin output mode Set to "0" LSB first or MSB first can be selected when transfer data is 8 bits long. Set this bit to "0" when transfer data is 7 or 9 bits long. Set this bit to "1" to enable transmission Transmit buffer empty flag Set this bit to "1" to enable reception Reception complete flag Select the source of UART0/UART1 transmit interrupt Set to "0" Select output pin for UART1 transfer data Select TxD10 or RxD1 to be used
OER,FER,PER,SUM Error flag
NOTES: 1. The bits used for transmit/receive data are as follows: Bit 0 to bit 6 when transfer data is 7 bits long; bit 0 to bit 7 when transfer data is 8 bits long; bit 0 to bit 8 when transfer data is 9 bits long. 2. An external clock can be selected in UART0 only.
Table 13.6 lists the functions of the I/O pins during UART mode. Note that for a period from when the UARTi operation mode is selected to when transfer starts, the TxDi pin outputs an "H". (If the NCH bit is set to "1"(N-channel open-drain output), this pin is in high-impedance state.) Table 13.6 I/O Pin Functions
Pin name TxD0 (P14) RxD0 (P15) CLK0 (P16) Function Serial data output Serial data input Programmable I/O port Transfer clock input TxD10/RxD1 (P37) TxD11 (P00) Serial data output Serial data input Serial data output Method of selection (Cannot be used as a port when performing reception only) PD1 register PD1_5 bit=0 (Can be used as an input port when performing transmission only) U0MR register CKDIR bit=0 U0MR register CKDIR bit=1 PD1 register PD1_6 bit=0 TXD1EN=1 TXD1EN=0, PD3 register PD3_7 bit=0 Serial data output, TXD1SEL=1
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 120 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13.2 Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode
* Example of transmit timing when transfer data is 8 bits long (parity enabled, one stop bit)
Tc
Transfer clock UiC1 register "1" TE bit
"0"
Write data to UiTB register
UiC1 register "1" TI bit
"0"
Transferred from UiTB register to UARTi transmit register Start bit TxDi UiC0 register "1" TXEPT bit
"0" ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
Parity Stop bit bit
P SP ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
Stopped pulsing because the TE bit = "0"
P SP ST D0 D1
SiTIC register "1" IR bit
"0"
Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by a program Tc = 16 (n + 1) / fj or 16 (n + 1) / fEXT The above timing diagram applies to the case where the register bits fj: frequency of UiBRG count source (f1SIO, f8SIO, f32SIO) are set as follows: * UiMR register PRYE bit = 1 (parity enabled) fEXT: frequency of UiBRG count source (external clock) * UiMR register STPS bit = 0 (1 stop bit) n: value set to UiBRG * UiIRS bit = 1 (an interrupt request occurs when transmit completed): i: 0, 1
* Example of transmit timing when transfer data is 9 bits long (parity disabled, two stop bits)
Tc
Transfer clock UiC1 register "1" TE bit UiC1 register "1" TI bit
"0"
"0"
Write data to UiTB register
Start bit TxDi UiC0 register "1" TXEPT bit SiRIC register "1" IR bit
Transferred from UiTB register to UARTi Stop Stop transmit register bit bit
ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 SPSP ST D0 D1
ST D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 SP SP
"0"
"0"
Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by a program The above timing diagram applies to the case where the register bits are set as follows: * UiMR register PRYE bit = 0 (parity disabled) * UiMR register STPS bit = 1 (2 stop bits) * UiIRS bit = 0 (an interrupt request occurs when transmit buffer becomes empty) Tc = 16 (n + 1) / fj or 16 (n + 1) / fEXT fj: frequency of UiBRG count source (f1SIO, f8SIO, f32SIO) fEXT: frequency of UiBRG count source (external clock) n: value set to UiBRG i: 0, 1
Figure 13.9 Transmit Operation
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 121 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13.2 Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode
* Example of receive timing when transfer data is 8 bits long (parity disabled, one stop bit)
UiBRG output UiC1 register RE bit RxDi "1" "0" Start bit Sampled "L" Receive data taken in Transfer clock UiC1 register RI bit SiRIC register IR bit Reception triggered when transfer clock "1" is generated by falling edge of start bit "0" "1" "0" Set to "0" when interrupt request is accepted, or set by a program The above timing diagram applies to the case where the register bits are set as follows: * UiMR register PRYE bit = 0 (parity disabled) * UiMR register STPS bit = 0 (1 stop bit) i = 0, 1 Transferred from UARTi receive register to UiRB register
Stop bit
D0
D1
D7
Figure 13.10 Receive Operation 13.2.1 TxD10/RxD1 Select Function (UART1) P37 can be used as TxD10 output pin or RxD1 input pin by selecting with the TXD1EN bit in the UCON register. P37 is used as TxD10 output pin if the TXD1EN bit is set to "1" (TxD10) and used as RxD1 input pin if set to "0" (RxD1). 13.2.2 TxD11 Select Function (UART1) P00 can be used as TxD11 output pin or a port by selecting with the TXD1SEL bit in the UCON register. P00 is used as TxD11 output pin if the TXD1SEL bit is set to "1" (TxD11) and used as an I/O port if set to "0" (P00).
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 122 of 205
R8C/13 Group
13.2 Clock Asynchronous Serial I/O (UART) Mode
13.2.3 Bit Rate Divided-by-16 of frequency by the UiBRG (i=0 to 1) register in UART mode is a bit rate. * When selecting internal clock Setting value to the UiBRG register =
fj Bit Rate 16
-1
fj : Count source frequency of the UiBRG register (f1SIO, f8SIO and f32SIO) * When selecting external clock Setting value to the UiBRG register =
fEXT Bit Rate 16
-1
fEXT : Count source frequency of the UiBRG register (external clock)
Figure 13.11 Calculation Formula of UiBRG (i=0 to 1) Register Setting Value Table 13.7 Bit Rate Setting Example in UART Mode Bit Rate (bps) 1200 2400 4800 9600 14400 19200 28800 31250 38400 51200 BRG Count Source f8 f8 f8 f1 f1 f1 f1 f1 f1 f1 System Clock = 20MHz BRG Setting Value Actual Time(bps) Error(%) 129 (8116) 1201.92 0.16 64 (4016) 2403.85 0.16 32 (2016) 4734.85 -1.36 129 (8116) 9615.38 0.16 86 (5616) 14367.82 -0.22 64 (4016) 19230.77 0.16 42 (2A16) 29069.77 0.94 39 (2716) 31250.00 0.00 32 (2016) 37878.79 -1.36 23 (1716) 52083.33 1.73 System Clock = 8MHz BRG Setting Value Actual Time(bps) Error(%) 51 (3316) 1201.92 0.16 25 (1916) 2403.85 0.16 12 (0C16) 4807.69 0.16 51 (3316) 9615.38 0.16 34 (2216) 14285.71 -0.79 25 (1916) 19230.77 0.16 16 (1016) 29411.76 2.12 15 (0F16) 31250.00 0.00 12 (0C16) 38461.54 0.16 9 (0916) 50000.00 -2.34
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 123 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14. A/D Converter
14. A/D Converter
The A/D converter consists of one 10-bit successive approximation A/D converter circuit with a capacitive coupling amplifier. The analog inputs share the pins with P00 to P07 and P10 to P13. Therefore, when using these pins, make sure the corresponding port direction bits are set to "0" (input mode). When not using the A/D converter, set the VCUT bit to "0" (Vref unconnected), so that no current will flow from the VREF pin into the resistor ladder, helping to reduce the power consumption of the chip. The result of A/D conversion is stored in the AD register. Table 14.1 shows the performance of the A/D converter. Figure 14.1 shows a block diagram of the A/D converter, and Figures 14.2 and 14.3 show the A/D converter-related registers.
Table 14.1 Performance of A/D converter Item Performance Method of A/D conversion Successive approximation (capacitive coupling amplifier) Analog input voltage(1) 0V to Vref AVCC = 5V fAD, divide-by-2 of fAD, divide-by-4 of fAD Operating clock AD(2) AVCC = 3V divide-by-2 of fAD, divide-by-4 of fAD Resolution 8-bit or 10-bit (selectable) Integral nonlinearity error AVcc = Vref = 5V * 8-bit resolution 2 LSB * 10-bit resolution 3 LSB AVcc = Vref = 3.3 V * 8-bit resolution 2 LSB * 10-bit resolution 5 LSB Operating modes One-shot mode and repeat mode(3) Analog input pins 12 pins (AN0 to AN11) A/D conversion start condition ADST bit in ADCON0 register is set to "1" (A/D conversion starts) Conversion speed per pin * Without sample and hold function 8-bit resolution: 49 AD cycles, 10-bit resolution: 59 AD cycles * With sample and hold function 8-bit resolution: 28 AD cycles, 10-bit resolution: 33 AD cycles NOTES: 1. Does not depend on use of sample and hold function. 2. The frequency of AD must be 10 MHz or less. When AVcc is less than 4.2V, AD must be fAD/2 or less by dividing fAD. Without sample and hold function, the AD frequency should be 250 kHz or more. With the sample and hold function, the AD frequency should be 1 MHz or more. 3. In repeat mode, only 8-bit mode can be used.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 124 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14. A/D Converter
CKS1=1 CKS0=1
AD
CKS1=0
fAD
VCUT=0
1/2
1/2
CKS0=0
A/D conversion rate selection
AVSS VREF
VCUT=1
Resistor ladder
Successive conversion register
ADCON0
AD register Vcom Decoder
Data bus
VIN
Comparator
P07/AN0 P06/AN1 P05/AN2 P04/AN3 P03/AN4 P02/AN5 P01/AN6 P00/AN7
CH2,CH1,CH0=0002 CH2,CH1,CH0=0012 CH2,CH1,CH0=0102 CH2,CH1,CH0=0112 CH2,CH1,CH0=1002 CH2,CH1,CH0=1012 CH2,CH1,CH0=1102 CH2,CH1,CH0=1112 ADGSEL0=1 ADGSEL0=0
P10/AN8 P11/AN9 P12/AN10 P13/AN11
CH2,CH1,CH0=1002 CH2,CH1,CH0=1012 CH2,CH1,CH0=1102 CH2,CH1,CH0=1112
CH0 to CH2, ADGSEL0, CKS0: Bits in ADCON0 register CKS1, VCUT: Bits in ADCON1 register
Figure 14.1 A/D Converter Block Diagram
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 125 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14. A/D Converter
AD control register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
Symbol ADCON0 Bit symbol
CH0 CH1
Address 00D616 Bit name
After reset 00000XXX2 Function
See Note 4. RW RW RW
Analog input pin select bit
CH2 MD ADGSEL0 (b5) ADST CKS0 AD operation mode select bit(2) 0 : One-shot mode 1 : Repeat mode
RW RW RW
AD input group select bit(4) 0: Port P0 group selected (AN0 to AN7) 1: Port P1 group selected (AN8 to AN11) Reserved bit A/D conversion start flag Frequency select bit 0(3) Set to "0" 0 : A/D conversion disabled 1 : A/D conversion started 0 : fAD/4 is selected 1 : fAD/2 is selected
RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. If the ADCON register is rewritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. When changing A/D operation mode, set analog input pin again. 3. This bit is valid when the CKS1 bit in the ADCON1 register is set to "0". 4. The analog input pin can be selected by a combination of the CH2 to CH0 bits and ADGSEL0 bit as follows: CH2 to CH0 0002 0012 0102 0112 1002 1012 1102 1112 ADGSEL0=0 AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 AN4 AN5 AN6 AN7 AN8 AN9 AN10 AN11 ADGSEL0=1 Avoid these settings
AD control register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
00
000
Symbol ADCON1 Bit symbol
(b2-b0) BITS CKS1 VCUT (b6-b7)
Address 00D716 Bit name
After reset 0016 Function
Set to "0" 0 : 8-bit mode 1 : 10-bit mode 0 : CKS0 bit in ADCON0 register is valid 1 : fAD is selected 0 : Vref not connected 1 : Vref connected Set to "0" RW RW RW RW RW
Reserved bit 8/10-bit mode select bit(2) Frequency select bit 1(3) Vref connect bit(4) Reserved bit
RW NOTES: 1. If the ADCON1 register is rewritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. In repeat mode, the BITS bit must be set to "0" (8-bit mode). 3. The AD frequency must be 10 MHz or less. 4. If the VCUT bit is reset from "0" (Vref unconnected) to "1" (Vref connected), wait for 1 s or more before starting A/D conversion.
Figure 14.2 ADCON0 Register and ADCON1 Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 126 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14. A/D Converter
AD control register 2(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
ADCON2
Address
00D416
After reset
0016
000
Bit symbol
SMP
Bit name
AD conversion method select bit Reserved bit
Function
0 : Without sample and hold 1 : With sample and hold Set to "0"
RW RW RW
(b3-b1) (b7-b4)
Nothing is assigned. When write, write "0". When read, its content is "0".
NOTES: 1. If the ADCON2 register is rewritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate.
AD register
(b15) b7 (b8) b0 b7
Symbol
AD
Address 00C116-00C016
b0
After reset Indeterminate
Function
When BITS bit in ADCON1 register is set to "1" (10-bit mode) 8 low-order bits of A/D conversion result 2 high-order bits of A/D conversion result When BITS bit in ADCON1 register is set to "0" (8-bit mode) A/D conversion result When read, its content is indeterminate.
RW
RO RO
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is "0".
Figure 14.3 ADCON2 Register and AD Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 127 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14.1 One-shot mode
14.1 One-shot Mode In one-shot mode, the input voltage on one selected pin is A/D converted once. Table 14.2 lists the specifications of one-shot mode. Figure 14.4 shows the ADCON0 and ADCON1 registers in oneshot mode. Table 14.2 One-shot Mode Specifications Specification Input voltage on one pin selected by CH2 to CH0 and ADGSEL0 bit is A/D converted once. Start condition Set ADST bit to "1" Stop condition * Completion of A/D conversion (ADST bit is set to "0") * Set ADST bit to "0" Interrupt request generation timing End of A/D conversion Input pin One of AN0 to AN11, as selected Reading of result of A/D converter Read AD register Function Item
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 128 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14. One-shot mode
AD control register 0(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
0
0
Symbol ADCON0 Bit symbol
CH0 CH1
Address 00D616 Bit name
After reset 00000XXX2 Function
(Note 4)
RW RW RW
Analog input pin select bit2
CH2 MD ADGSEL0 AD operation mode select bit(2) 0 : One-shot mode
RW RW RW
AD input group select bit(4) 0: Port P0 group selected (AN0 to AN7) 1: Port P1 group selected (AN8 to AN11) Reserved bit A/D conversion start flag Frequency select bit 0(3) Set to "0" 0 : A/D conversion disabled 1 : A/D conversion started 0 : fAD/4 is selected 1 : fAD/2 is selected
(b5) ADST CKS0
RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. If the ADCON0 register is rewritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. When changing A/D operation mode, set analog input pin again. 3. This bit is valid when the CKS1 bit in the ADCON1 register is set to "0". 4. The analog input pin can be selected by a combination of the CH2 to CH0 bits and ADGSEL0 bit as follows: CH2 to CH0 0002 0012 0102 0112 1002 1012 1102 1112 ADGSEL0=0 AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 AN4 AN5 AN6 AN7 AN8 AN9 AN10 AN11 ADGSEL0=1 Avoid these settings
AD control register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
001
000
Symbol ADCON1 Bit symbol
(b2-b0) BITS CKS1 VCUT (b6-b7)
Address 00D716 Bit name
After reset 0016 Function
Set to "0" 0 : 8-bit mode 1 : 10-bit mode 0 : CKS0 bit in ADCON0 register is valid 1 : fAD is selected 1 : Vref connected Set to "0" RW RW RW RW RW
Reserved bit 8/10-bit mode select bit Frequency select bit 1(2) Vref connect bit(3) Reserved bit
RW NOTES: 1. If the ADCON1 register is rewritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. The AD frequency must be 10MHz or less. 3. If the VCUT bit is reset from "0" (Vref unconnected) to "1" (Vref connected), wait for 1 s or more before starting A/D conversion.
Figure 14.4 ADCON0 Register and ADCON1 Registers in One-shot Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 129 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14.2 Repeat mode
14.2 Repeat Mode In repeat mode, the input voltage on one selected pin is A/D converted repeatedly. Table 14.3 lists the specifications of repeat mode. Figure 14.5 shows the ADCON0 and ADCON1 registers in repeat mode. Table 14.3 Repeat Mode Specifications Item Specification Function Input voltage on one pin selected by CH2 to CH0 and ADGSEL0 bits is A/D converted repeatedly Start condition Set ADST bit to "1" Stop condition Set ADST bit to "0" Interrupt request generation timing None generated Input pin One of AN0 to AN11, as selected Reading of result of A/D converter Read AD register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 130 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14.2 Repeat mode
AD control register 0 (1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol 00000XXX2 Bit symbol
CH0 CH1
0
1
Address ADCON0 Bit name
Analog input pin select bit(2)
After reset 00D616 Function
(Note 4)
RW RW RW
CH2 MD AD operation mode select bit(2) 1 : Repeat mode
RW RW RW RW RW RW
ADGSEL0 (b5) ADST CKS0
AD input group select bit(4) 0: Port P0 group selected (AN0 to AN7) 1: Port P1 group selected (AN8 to AN11) Reserved bit A/D conversion start flag Frequency select bit 0(3) Set to "0" 0 : A/D conversion disabled 1 : A/D conversion started 0 : fAD/4 is selected 1 : fAD/2 is selected
NOTES: 1. If the ADCON0 register is rewritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. When changing A/D operation mode, set analog input pin again. 3. This bit is valid when the CKS1 bit in the ADCON1 register is set to "0". 4. The analog input pin can be selected by a combination of the CH2 to CH0 bits and ADGSEL0 bit as follows: CH2 to CH0 0002 0012 0102 0112 1002 1012 1102 1112 ADGSEL0=0 AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 AN4 AN5 AN6 AN7 AN8 AN9 AN10 AN11 ADGSEL0=1 Avoid these settings
AD control register 1(1)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
001
0000
Symbol ADCON1 Bit symbol
(b2-b0) BITS CKS1 VCUT (b6-b7)
Address 00D716 Bit name
After reset 0016 Function
Set to "0" 0 : 8-bit mode 0 : CKS0 bit in ADCON0 register is valid 1 : fAD is selected 1 : Vref connected Set to "0" RW RW RW RW RW
Reserved bit 8/10-bit mode select bit(2) Frequency select bit 1(3) Vref connect bit(4) Reserved bit
RW NOTES: 1. If the ADCON1 register is rewritten during A/D conversion, the conversion result is indeterminate. 2. In repeat mode, the BITS bit must be set to "0" (8-bit mode). 3. The fAD frequency must be 10 MHz or less. 4. If the VCUT bit is reset from "0" (Vref unconnected) to "1" (Vref connected), wait for 1 s or more before starting A/D conversion.
Figure 14.5 ADCON0 Register and ADCON1 Register in Repeat Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 131 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14.3 Sample and Hold mode/14.4 A/D conversion cycles
14.3 Sample and Hold If the SMP bit in the ADCON2 register is set to "1" (with sample-and-hold), the conversion speed per pin is increased to 28 OAD cycles for 8-bit resolution or 33 OAD cycles for 10-bit resolution. Sampleand-hold is effective in all operation modes. Select whether or not to use the sample-and-hold function before starting A/D conversion. When performing the A/D conversion, charge the comparator capacitor inside the microcomputer. Figure 14.6 shows the A/D conversion timing diagram.
Sample & Hold disabled
Conversion time at the 1st bit Sampling time 4 AD cycle Comparison time
at the 2nd bit
Sampling time 2.5 AD cycle
Comparison time
Sampling time 2.5 AD cycle
Comparison time
* Repeat until conversion ends
Sample & Hold enabled
Conversion time at the 1st bit Sampling time 4 AD cycle Comparison time
at the 2nd bit Comparison Comparison time time
* Repeat until conversion ends
Figure 14.6 A/D Conversion Timing Diagram
14.4 A/D conversion cycles Figure 14.7 shows the A/D conversion cycles.
Conversion time at the 1st bit Conversion time 49 AD 59 AD 28 AD 33 AD Sampling time 4 AD 4 AD 4 AD 4 AD Comparison time 2.0 AD 2.0 AD 2.5 AD 2.5 AD
Conversion time at the 2nd bit and the follows Sampling time 2.5 AD 2.5 AD 0.0 AD 0.0 AD
End process
A/D conversion mode Without sample & hold Without sample & hold With sample & hold With sample & hold 8 bits 10 bits 8 bits 10 bits
Comparison End process time 2.5 AD 2.5 AD 2.5 AD 2.5 AD 8.0 AD 8.0 AD 4.0 AD 4.0 AD
Figure 14.7 A/D Conversion Cycles
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 132 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14.5 Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input
14.5 Internal Equivalent Circuit of Analog Input Figure 14.8 shows the internal equivalent circuit of analog input.
VCC VCC VSS Parasitic diode AN0 AVCC ON resistor ON resistor approx. 0.6k approx. 2k Wiring resistor C = Approx.1.5pF approx. 0.2k Analog input voltage AMP SW1 Parasitic diode VSS i =10 SW2 VIN
ON resistor approx. 5k
i ladder-type i ladder-type switches wiring resistors (i = 10) (i = 10)
ON resistor approx. 2k Wiring resistor
Sampling control signal
SW4 AVSS
SW3 Chopper-type amplifier
approx. 0.2k
ANi SW1 b2 b1 b0 A/D control register 0 VREF Resistor ladder AVSS Comparison reference voltage (Vref) generator
Sampling Connect to Comparison SW1 conducts only on the ports selected for analog input. SW2 and SW3 are open when A/D conversion is not in progress; their status varies as shown by the waveforms in the diagrams on the left. Connect to Connect to SW4 conducts only when A/D conversion is not in progress. Reference control signal
A/D successive conversion register
Vref SW2 Comparison voltage ON resistor approx. 0.6k
A/D conversion interrupt request
Control signal for SW2 Control signal for SW3
Connect to
Warning: Use only as a standard for designing this data. Mass production may cause some changes in device characteristics.
Figure 14.8 Internal Equivalent Circuit to Analog Input
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 133 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14.6 Inflow Current Bypass Circuit
14.6 Inflow Current Bypass Circuit Figure 14.9 shows the configuration of the inflow current bypass circuit, figure 14.10 shows the example of an inflow current bypass circuit where VCC or more is applied.
OFF Fixed to GND level Unselected channel ON
OFF
To the internal logic of the A/D Converter ON Selected channel OFF External input latched into ON
Figure 14.9 Configuration of the Inflow Current Bypass Circuit
VCC or more Leakage current generated Unselected channel OFF Leakage current generated ON Unaffected by leakage To the internal logic of the A/D Converter OFF
Sensor input
Selected channel
ON
ON
OFF
Figure 14.10 Example of an Inflow Current Bypass Circuit where VCC or More is Applied
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 134 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14.7 Output Impedance of Sensor under A/D Conversion
14.7 Output Impedance of Sensor under A/D Conversion To carry out A/D conversion properly, charging the internal capacitor C shown in Figure 14.11 has to be completed within a specified period of time. T (sampling time) as the specified time. Let output impedance of sensor equivalent circuit be R0, microcomputer's internal resistance be R, precision (error) of the A/D converter be X, and the A/D converter's resolution be Y (Y is 1024 in the 10-bit mode, and 256 in the 8-bit mode). - VC is generally VC = VIN {1 - e And when t = T, VC=VIN -
1 C (R0 + R) 1 C (R0 + R) t
}
X X VIN = VIN(1 - ) Y Y
T
e - Hence, R0 = -
-
= T = ln -R
X Y X Y
1 C (R0 +R) T X Y
C * ln
Figure 14.11 shows analog input pin and external sensor equivalent circuit. When the difference between VIN and VC becomes 0.1 LSB, we find impedance R0 when voltage between pins VC changes from 0 to VIN - (0.1/1024) VIN in time T. (0.1/1024) means that A/D precision drop due to insufficient capacitor charge is held to 0.1 LSB at time of A/D conversion in the 10-bit mode. Actual error however is the value of absolute precision added to 0.1 LSB. When f(XIN) = 10 MHz, T = 0.25 s in the A/D conversion mode with sample & hold. Output impedance R0 for sufficiently charging capacitor C within time T is determined as follows. T = 0.25 s, R = 2.8 k, C = 1.5 pF, X = 0.1, and Y = 1024 . Hence, 0.25 X 10 -6 R0 = - 6.0 X 10
-12
* ln
0.1 1024
- 2.8 X 103
7.3 X 103
Thus, the allowable output impedance of the sensor circuit capable of thoroughly driving the A/D converter turns out to be approximately 7.3 k.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 135 of 205
R8C/13 Group
14.7 Output Impedance of Sensor under A/D Conversion
Microcomputer Sensor equivalent circuit R0 VIN C (6 pF) VC R (2.8 k)
NOTE: 1. The capacity of the terminal is assumed to be 4.5 pF.
Figure 14.11 Analog Input Pin and External Sensor Equivalent Circuit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 136 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
15. Programmable I/O Ports
15. 1 Description
The programmable input/output ports (hereafter referred to as "I/O ports") consist of 22 lines P0, P1, P30 to P33, P37, and P45. Each port can be set for input or output every line by using a direction register, and can also be chosen to be or not be pulled high every 4 lines. The port P1 allows the drive capacity of its Nchannel output transistor to be set as necessary. The port P1 can be used as LED drive port if the drive capacity is set to "HIGH". P46 and P47 can be used as an input only port if the main clock oscillation circuit is not used. Figures 15.1 to 15.5 show the I/O ports. Figure 15.6 shows the I/O pins. Each pin functions as an I/O port or a peripheral function input/output. For details on how to set peripheral functions, refer to each functional description in this manual. If any pin is used as a peripheral function input, set the direction bit for that pin to "0" (input mode). Any pin used as an output pin for peripheral functions is directed for output no matter how the corresponding direction bit is set. 15.1.1 Port Pi Direction Register (PDi Register, i = 0, 1, 3, 4) Figure 15.7 shows the PDi register. This register selects whether the I/O port is to be used for input or output. The bits in this register correspond one for one to each port. 15.1.2 Port Pi Register (Pi Register, i = 0 to 4) Figure 15.8 shows the Pi register. Data I/O to and from external devices are accomplished by reading and writing to the Pi register. The Pi register consists of a port latch to hold the output data and a circuit to read the pin status. For ports set for input mode, the input level of the pin can be read by reading the corresponding Pi register, and data can be written to the port latch by writing to the Pi register. For ports set for output mode, the port latch can be read by reading the corresponding Pi register, and data can be written to the port latch by writing to the Pi register. The data written to the port latch is output from the pin. The bits in the Pi register correspond one for one to each port. 15.1.3 Pull-up Control Register 0, Pull-up Control Register 1 (PUR0 and PUR1 Registers) Figure 15.9 shows the PUR0 and PUR1 registers. The PUR0 and PUR1 register bits can be used to select whether or not to pull the corresponding port high in 4 bit units. The port chosen to be pulled high has a pull-up resistor connected to it when the direction bit is set for input mode. 15.1.4 Port P1 Drive Capacity Control Register (DRR Register) Figure 15.9 shows the DRR register. The DRR register is used to control the drive capacity of the port P1 N-channel output transistor. The bits in this register correspond one for one to each port.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 137 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
P00
Pull-up selection
Direction regiister "1" Output Data bus Port latch
(Note 1)
Analog input
P01 to P07
Pull-up selection Direction register
Data bus
Port latch
(Note 1)
Analog input
P10 to P12
Pull-up selection Direction register "1" Output
Data bus
Port latch
(Note 1)
Select drive capacity Input to respective peripheral functions Analog Input NOTES: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Make sure the input voltage on each pin will not exceed Vcc.
Figure 15.1 Programmable I/O Ports (1)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 138 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
P13
Pull-up selection Direction register
Data bus
Port latch
(Note 1)
Select drive capacity Input to respective peripheral functions Analog Input
P14
Pull-up selection Direction register "1" Output
Data bus
Port latch
(Note 1)
Select drive capacity
P15
Pull-up selection Direction register
Data bus
Port latch
(Note 1)
Select drive capacity Input to respective peripheral functions NOTES: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Make sure the input voltage on each pin will not exceed Vcc.
Figure 15.2 Programmable I/O Ports (2)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 139 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
P16,P17
Pull-up selection Direction register "1" Output
Data bus
Port latch
(Note 1)
Select drive capactiy Input to respective peripheral functions
P30, P31
Puu-up selection Direction register "1" Output
Data bus
Port latch
(Note 1)
P32
Direction register
Pull-up selection
"1" Output Data bus Port latch
(Note 1)
Input to respective peripheral functions NOTES: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Make sure the input voltage on each pin will not exceed Vcc.
Figure 15.3 Programmable I/O Ports (3)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 140 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
P33
Pull-up selection Direction register
Data bus
Port latch
(Note 1)
Input to respective peripheral functions
Digital Filter
P37
Pull-up selection Direction register "1" Output
Data bus
Port latch
(Note 1)
Input to respective peripheral functions
P45
Pull-up selection Direction register
Data bus
Port latch
(Note 1)
Input to respective peripheral functions
Digital Filter
NOTES: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Make sure the input voltage on each pin will not exceed Vcc.
Figure 15.4 Programmable I/O Ports (4)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 141 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
P46/XIN Data bus
Clocked inverter (1)
(Note 3)
(Note 2)
P47/XOUT Data bus
NOTES: 1. When CM05=1, CM10=1, or CM13=0, the clocked inverter is cutoff. 2. When CM10=1 or CM13=0, the feedback resistor is unconnected. 3. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Make sure the input voltage on each pin will not exceed Vcc.
Figure 15.5 Programmable I/O Port (5)
MODE MODE signal input
(Note 1)
CNVSS CNVSS signal input
(Note 1)
RESET RESET signal input
(Note 1)
NOTES: 1. symbolizes a parasitic diode. Make sure the input voltage on each pin will not exceed Vcc.
Figure 15.6 I/O Pins
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 142 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
Port Pi direction register (i=0, 1, 3, 4) (1, 2, 3)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol P D0 P D1 P D3 P D4 Bit symbol
PDi_0 PDi_1 PDi_2 PDi_3 PDi_4 PDi_5 PDi_6 PDi_7
Address 00E216 00E316 00E716 00EA16 Bit name
Port Pi0 direction bit Port Pi1 direction bit Port Pi2 direction bit Port Pi3 direction bit Port Pi4 direction bit Port Pi5 direction bit Port Pi6 direction bit Port Pi7 direction bit
After reset 0016 0016 0016 0016 Function RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
0 : Input mode (Functions as an input port) 1 : Output mode (Functions as an output port)
NOTES: 1. The PD0 register must be written to by the next instruction after setting the PRC2 bit in the PRCR register to "1" (write enabled). 2. Bits PD3_4 to PD3_6 in the PD3 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits PD3_4 to PD3_6, set to "0" (input mode). When read, the content is indeterminate. 3. Bits PD4_0 to PD4_4, PD4_6 and PD4_7 in the PD4 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits PD4_0 to PD4_4, PD4_6 and PD4_7, set to "0" (input mode). When read, the content is indeterminate.
Figure 15.7 PD0 Register, PD1 Register, PD3 Register, and PD4 Register
Port Pi register (i=0, 1, 3, 4)(1, 2)
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol P0 P1 P3 P4 Bit symbol
Pi_0 Pi_1 Pi_2 Pi_3 Pi_4 Pi_5 Pi_6 Pi_7 Port Pi0 bit Port Pi1 bit Port Pi2 bit Port Pi3 bit Port Pi4 bit Port Pi5 bit Port Pi6 bit Port Pi7 bit
Address 00E016 00E116 00E516 00E816 Bit name
After reset Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Function
The pin level on any I/O port which is set for input mode can be read by reading the corresponding bit in this register. The pin level on any I/O port which is set for output mode can be controlled by writing to the corresponding bit in this register 0 : "L" level 1 : "H" level (i = 0, 1, 3, 4)
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW
NOTES: 1. Bits P3_4 to P3_6 in the P3 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits P3_4 to P3_6, set to "0" ("L" level). When read, the content is indeterminate. 2. Bits P4_0 to P4_4 in the P4 register are unavailable on this MCU. If it is necessary to set bits P4_0 to P4_4, set to "0" ("L" level). When read, the content is indeterminate.
Figure 15.8 P0 Register to P4 Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 143 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
Pull-up control register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol PUR0 Bit symbol
PU00 PU01 PU02 PU03 (b5-b4) PU06 PU07
Address 00FC16 Bit name
P00 to P03 pull-up(1) P04 to P07 pull-up(1) P10 to P13 pull-up(1) P14 to P17 pull-up(1)
After reset 00XX00002 Function
0 : Not pulled high 1 : Pulled high(1)
RW RW RW RW RW
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate. P30 to P33 pull-up(1) P37 pull-up(1) 0 : Not pulled high 1 : Pulled high(1)
RW RW
NOTES: 1. The pin for which this bit is "1" (pulled high) and the direction bit is "0" (input mode) is pulled high.
Pull-up control register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol PUR1 Bit symbol
(b0) PU11
Address 00FD16 Bit name
After reset XXXXXX0X2 Function RW
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate. P45 pull-up(1) 0 : Not pulled up 1 : Pulled up(1)
RW
(b7-b2)
Nothing is assigned. When write, set to "0". When read, its content is indeterminate.
NOTES: 1. The P45 pin for which the PU11 bit is "1" (pulled high) and the PD4_5 bit is "0" (input mode) is pulled high.
Port P1 drive capacity control register
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol DRR Bit symbol
DRR0 DRR 1 DRR 2 DRR 3 DRR 4 DRR 5 DRR 6 DRR7
Address 00FE16 Bit name
P10 drive capacity P11 drive capacity P12 drive capacity P13 drive capacity P14 drive capacity P15 drive capacity P16 drive capacity P17 drive capacity
After reset 0016 RW Set P1 N-channel output transistor RW drive capacity RW 0 : LOW RW
1 : HIGH
Function
RW RW RW RW RW
Figure 15.9 PUR0 Register, PUR1 Register, and DRR Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 144 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
15.2 Port setting
Table 15.1 to Table 15.23 list the port setting. Table 15.1 Port P00/AN7/TXD11 Setting ADCON0 UCON U1MR CH2, CH1, CH0, SMD2, Bit PD0_0 PU00 TXD1SEL ADGSEL0 SMD0 X 002 0 0 XXXX 0 XX X 002 0 1 XXXX 0 XX X 002 0 0 11102 0 XX Setting value X 002 1 X XXXX 0 XX 1X X X XXXX 1 X1 1X X 0 XXXX 1 X1
X: "0" or "1"
Register
PD0
PUR0
U1C0 NCH X X X X 0 1 Function
Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) A/D input (AN7) Output port TXD11 TXD11, N-channel open output
Table 15.2 Port P01/AN6 Setting PD0 PUR0 ADCON0 PD0_1 PU00 CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0 0 0 XXXX 0 1 XXXX Setting value 0 0 11002 1 X XXXX
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) A/D input (AN6) Output port
Table 15.3 Port P02/AN5 Setting PD0 PUR0 ADCON0 PD0_2 PU00 CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0 0 0 XXXX 0 1 XXXX Setting value 0 0 10102 1 X XXXX
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) A/D input (AN5) Output port
Table 15.4 Port P03/AN4 Setting Register Bit PD0 PUR0 ADCON0 PD0_3 PU00 CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0 0 0 XXXX 0 0 1 1 0 X XXXX 10002 XXXX Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) A/D input (AN4) Output port
Setting value
X: "0" or "1"
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 145 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 15.5 Port P04/AN3 Setting PD0 PUR0 ADCON0 PD0_4 PU01 CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0 0 0 XXXX 0 1 XXXX Setting value 0 0 01102 1 X XXXX
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) A/D input (AN3) Output port
Table 15.6 Port P05/AN2 setting PD0 PUR0 ADCON0 PD0_5 PU01 CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0 0 0 XXXX 0 1 XXXX Setting value 0 0 01002 1 X XXXX
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) A/D input (AN2) Output port
Table 15.7 Port P06/AN1 Setting PD0 PUR0 ADCON0 PD0_6 PU01 CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0 0 0 XXXX 0 1 XXXX Setting value 0 0 00102 1 X XXXX
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) A/D input (AN1) Output port
Table 15.8 Port P07/AN0 Setting PD0 PUR0 ADCON0 PD0_7 PU01 CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0 0 0 XXXX 0 1 XXXX Setting value 0 0 00002 1 X XXXX
X: "0" or "1"
_____
Register Bit
Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) A/D input (AN0) Output port
Table 15.9 Port P10/KI0/AN8/CMP00 Setting ADCON0 TCOUT CH2, CH1, CH0, Bit PD1_0 PU02 DRR0 KI0EN TCOUT0 ADGSEL0 0 0 X X XXXX 0 0 1 X X XXXX 0 0 0 X 1 XXXX 0 0 0 X X 10012 0 Setting value 1 X 0 X XXXX 0 1 X 1 X XXXX 0 X X 0 X XXXX 1 X X 1 X XXXX 1
X: "0" or "1" Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 146 of 205
Register
PD1 PUR0 DRR KIEN
Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) _____ KI0 input A/D input (AN8) Output port Output port (High drive) CMP00 output CMP00 output (High drive)
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
_____
Table 15.10 Port P11/KI1/AN9/CMP01 Setting ADCON0 TCOUT CH2, CH1, CH0, Function Bit PD1_1 PU02 DRR1 KI1EN TCOUT1 ADGSEL0 0 0 X X XXXX 0 Input port (not pulled up) 0 1 X X XXXX 0 Input port (pulled up) _____ 0 0 X 1 XXXX 0 KI1 input 0 0 X X 10112 0 A/D input (AN9) Setting value 1 X 0 X XXXX 0 Output port 1 X 1 X XXXX 0 Output port (High drive) X X 0 X XXXX 1 CMP01 output X X 1 X XXXX 1 CMP01 output (High drive)
X: "0" or "1"
_____
Register
PD1 PUR0 DRR KIEN
Table 15.11 Port P12/KI2/AN10/CMP02 Setting Register Bit PD1 PUR0 DRR KIEN PD1_2 PU02 DRR2 KI2EN 0 0 0 0 1 1 X X 0 1 0 0 X X X X
_____
ADCON0
TCOUT
Setting value
X X X X 0 1 0 1
X X 1 X X X X X
CH2, CH1, CH0, Function TCOUT2 ADGSEL0 XXXX 0 Input port (not pulled up) XXXX 0 Input port (pulled up) _____ XXXX 0 KI2 input 11012 0 A/D input (AN10) XXXX 0 Output port XXXX 0 Output port (High drive) XXXX 1 CMP02 output XXXX 1 CMP02 output (High drive)
X: "0" or "1"
Table 15.12 Port P13/KI3/AN11 Setting PD1 PUR0 DRR KIEN ADCON0 PD1_3 PU02 DRR3 KI3EN CH2, CH1, CH0, ADGSEL0 0 0 X X XXXX 0 1 X X XXXX 0 0 X 1 XXXX Setting value 0 0 X X 11112 1 X 0 X XXXX 1 X 1 X XXXX
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) _____ KI3 input A/D input (AN11) Output port Output port (High drive)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 147 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 15.13 Port P14/TXD0 Setting PD1 PUR0 DRR U0MR U0C0 Function PD1_4 PU03 DRR4 SMD2, SMD0 NCH 0 0 X 002 X Input port (not pulled up) 0 1 X 002 X Input port (pulled up) 1 X 0 002 X Output port 1 X 1 002 X Output port (High drive) X1 X X 0 0 TXD0 output, CMOS output 1X Setting value X1 X X 1 0 TXD0 output, CMOS output (High drive) 1X X1 X X 0 1 TXD0 output, N-channel open output 1X X1 X X 1 1 TXD0 output, N-channel open output (High drive) 1X
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Table 15.14 Port P15/RXD0 Setting PD1 PUR0 DRR PD1_5 PU03 DRR5 0 0 X Input port (not pulled up) 0 1 X Input port (pulled up) Setting value 0 0 X RXD0 input 1 X 0 Output port 1 X 1 Output port (High drive)
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Function
Table 15.15 Port P16/CLK0 Setting PD1 PUR0 DRR U0MR PD1_6 PU03 DRR6 SMD2, SMD0, CKDIR 0 0 X Other than 0102 0 1 X Other than 0102 0 0 X XX1 Setting value 1 X 0 Other than 0102 1 X 1 Other than 0102 X X 0 0102 X X 1 0102
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) CLK0 (external clock) input Output port Output port (High drive) CLK0 (internal clock) output CLK0 (internal clock) output (High drive)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 148 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
_______
Table 15.16 Port P17/INT1/CNTR0 Setting PD1 PUR0 DRR TXMR PD1_7 PU03 DRR5 TXMOD1, TXMOD0 0 0 X Other than 012 0 1 X Other than 012 0 0 X Other than 012 Setting value 1 X 0 Other than 012 1 X 1 Other than 012 X X 0 012 X X 1 012
X: "0" or "1"
___________
Register Bit
Function Input port (not pulled up) Input port (pulled up) _______ CNTR0/INT1 input Output port Output port (High drive) CNTR0 output CNTR0 (High drive)
Table 15.17 Port P30/CNTR0/CMP10 Setting PD3 PUR0 TXMR TCOUT Function PD3_0 PU06 TXOCNT TCOUT3 0 0 0 0 Input port (not pulled up) 0 1 0 0 Input port (pulled up) Setting value 1 X 0 0 Output port ____________ X X 1 0 CNTR0 output X X X 1 CMP10 output
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Table 15.18 Port P31/TZOUT/CMP11 Setting PD3 PUR0 TYZMR TYZOC TCOUT Function PD3_1 PU06 TZMOD1, TZMOD0 TZOCNT TCOUT4 002 X 0 0 0 Input port (not pulled up) 012 1 002 X 0 1 0 Input port (pulled up) 012 1 Setting value 002 X 1 X 0 Output port 012 1 1X X X X 0 TZOUT output 012 0 X X XX X 1 CMP11 output
X: "0" or "1"
_______
Register Bit
Table 15.19 Port P32/INT2/CNTR1/CMP12 Setting PD3 PUR0 TYZMR TYZOC TCOUT Function PD3_2 PU06 TYMOD1 TZOCNT TCOUT5 0 0 0 1 0 Input port (not pulled up) 0 1 0 1 0 Input port (pulled up) _______ 0 0 0 1 0 CNTR1/INT2 input Setting value 1 X 0 1 0 Output port X X 1 0 0 CNTR1 output X X X X 1 CMP12 output
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 149 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
Table 15.20 Port P33/INT3/TCIN Setting PD3 PUR0 PD3_3 PU06 0 0 Input port (not pulled up) 0 1 Input port (pulled up) Setting value 0 0 TCIN/INT3 input 1 X Output port
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Function
Table 15.21 Port P37/TXD10/RXD1 Setting PD3 PUR0 UCON U1MR PD3_7 PU07 TXD1EN SMD2, SMD0 0 0 X 002 0 1 X 002 1X 0 0 0 X1 Setting value 1 X X 002 1X X X 1 X1 1X X X 1 X1
X: "0" or "1"
_______
Register Bit
U1C0 Function NCH X Input port (not pulled up) X Input port (pulled up) X X 0 1 RXD1 Output port TXD0 output, CMOS output TXD10 output, N-channel open output
Table 15.22 Port P45/INT0 Setting PD4 PUR1 INTEN PD4_5 PU11 INT0EN 0 0 0 Input port (not pulled up) 0 1 0 Input port (pulled up) _______ Setting value 0 0 1 INT0 input 1 X X Output port
X: "0" or "1"
Register Bit
Function
Table 15.23 Port XIN/P46, XOUT/P47 Setting Register Bit Circuit specification Oscillation Feedback CM13 CM10 CM05 buffer resistance 1 1 1 OFF OFF 1 Setting value 1 1 0 0 0 0 X 1 1 0 X OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON OFF CM1 CM1 CM0 Function XIN-XOUT oscillatoin stop External input to XIN pin, "H" output from XOUT pin XIN-XOUT oscillatoin stop XIN-XOUT oscillatoin Input port
X: "0" or "1"
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 150 of 205
R8C/13 Group
15. Programmable I/O Ports
15.3 Unassigned Pin Handling
Table 15.24 lists the handling of unassigned pins. Table 15.24 Unassigned Pin Handling
Pin name Ports P0, P1, P30 to P33, P37 P45 Connection *After setting for input mode, connect every pin to VSS via a resistor(pull-down) or connect every pin to VCC via a resistor(pull-up) *Set to output mode and leave these pins open(1, 2) Connect to VCC via resistor (pull-up)(2) Connect to VCC Connect to VSS Connect to VCC via a resistor (pull-up)(2)
Ports P46, P47 AVCC, VREF AVSS RESET(3)
NOTES: 1. When these ports are set for output mode and left open, they remain input mode until they are set for output mode by a program. The voltage level of these pins may be unstable and the power supply current may increase for the time the ports remain input mode. The content of the direction registers may change due to noise or runaway caused by noise. In order to enhance program reliability, set the direction registers periodically by a program. 2. Connect these unassigned pins to the microcomputer using the shortest wire length (within 2 cm) possible. 3. When power-on reset is used.
Microcomputer Port P0, P1, P30 to P33, P37, P45 (Input mode) : : (Input mode) (Output mode)
: : Open
Port P46, P47 RESET (1) AVCC/VREF AVSS
NOTES: 1. When power-on reset function is used.
Figure 15.10 Unassigned Pin Handling
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 151 of 205
R8C/13 Group
16. Electrical Characteristics
16. Electrical Characteristics
Table 16.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings
Symbol
VCC AVCC VI VO Pd Topr Tstg Supply voltage Analog supply voltage Input voltage Output voltage Power dissipation Operating ambient temperature Storage temperature Topr=25 C
Parameter
Condition
VCC=AVCC VCC=AVCC
Rated value
-0.3 to 6.5 -0.3 to 6.5 -0.3 to VCC+0.3 -0.3 to VCC+0.3 300 -20 to 85 / -40 to 85 (D version) -65 to 150
Unit
V V V V mW C C
Table 16.2 Recommended Operating Conditions
Symbol
VCC AVcc Vss AVss VIH VIL I OH (sum) I OH (peak) I OH (avg) I OL (sum) I OL (peak)
Parameter
Supply voltage Analog supply voltage Supply voltage Analog supply voltage "H" input voltage "L" input voltage Sum of all pins' IOH "H" peak all output currents (peak) "H" peak output current "H" average output current Sum of all pins' IOL "L" peak all output currents (peak) "L" peak output Except P10 to P17 current P10 to P17 "L" average output current Except P10 to P17 P10 to P17
Conditions
Min.
2.7
Standard Typ.
VCC(3) 0 0
Max.
5.5
Unit
V V V V
0.8VCC 0
VCC 0.2VCC -60.0 -10.0 - 5 .0 60 10
V V mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA MHz MHz
Drive ability HIGH Drive ability LOW
30 10 5 15 5 20 10
I OL (avg)
f (XIN)
Drive ability HIGH Drive ability LOW Main clock input oscillation frequency 3.0V Vcc 5.5V 2.7V Vcc < 3.0V
0 0
NOTES: 1. VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = -20 to 85 C / -40 to 85 C, unless otherwise specified. 2. The typical values when average output current is 100ms. 3. Hold Vcc=AVcc.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 152 of 205
R8C/13 Group Table 16.3 A/D Conversion Characteristics
Symbol
- - Resolution
16. Electrical Characteristics
Parameter Absolute accuracy
Measuring condition
Vref =VCC
Standard Unit Min. Typ. Max.
10 3 2 5 2 10 3.3 2.8 VCC(4) 0 0.25 Vref 10 40 Bit LSB LSB LSB LSB k s s V V MHz MHz
10 bit mode 8 bit mode 10 bit mode 8 bit mode
oAD=10 MHz, Vref=Vcc=5.0V oAD=10 MHz, Vref=Vcc=5.0V oAD=10 MHz, Vref=Vcc=3.3V(3) oAD=10 MHz, Vref=Vcc=3.3V(3)
RLADDER tCONV VREF VIA -
Ladder resistance Conversion time Reference voltage Analog input voltage
VREF=VCC
10 bit mode 8 bit mode
oAD=10 MHz, Vref=Vcc=5.0V oAD=10 MHz, Vref=Vcc=5.0V
1.0 10 NOTES: 1. VCC=AVCC=2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = -20 to 85 C / -40 to 85 C, unless otherwise specified. 2. If fAD exceeds 10 MHz more, divide the fAD and hold A/D operating clock frequency (OAD) 10 MHz or below. 3. If the AVcc is less than 4.2V, divide the fAD and hold A/D operating clock frequency (OAD) fAD/2 or below. 4. Hold Vcc=Vref.
A/D operating Without sample & hold clock frequency(2) With sample & hold
P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 30pF
Figure 16.1 Port P0 to P4 measurement circuit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 153 of 205
R8C/13 Group Table 16.4 Flash Memory (Program ROM) Electrical Characteristics
Symbol
- - - td(SR-ES) - - - - -
16. Electrical Characteristics
Parameter
Program/Erase endurance(2) Byte program time Block erase time
Measuring condition
Min.
1000(3)
Standard Typ. Max
50 0.4 8
Unit
times s s ms ms V V C year
Time delay from Suspend Request until Erase Suspend Erase Suspend Request Interval Program, Erase Voltage Read Voltage Program, Erase Temperature Data hold time(7) Ambient temperature = 55 C 10 2.7 2.7 0 20
5.5 5.5 60
NOTES: 1. Referenced to VCC=AVcc=2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = 0C to 60C unless otherwise specified. 2. Definition of Program/Erase The endurance of Program/Erase shows a time for each block. If the program/erase number is "n" (n = 1000, 10000), "n" times erase can be performed for each block. For example, if performing one-byte write to the distinct addresses on Block A of 2K-byte block 2048 times and then erasing that block, the number of Program/Erase cycles is one time. However, performing multiple writes to the same address before an erase operation is prohibited (overwriting prohibited). 3. Numbers of Program/Erase cycles for which all electrical characteristics is guaranteed. 4. To reduce the number of Program/Erase cycles, a block erase should ideally be performed after writing in series as many distinct addresses (only one time each) as possible. If programming a set of 16 bytes, write up to 128 sets and then erase them one time. This will result in ideally reducing the number of Program/Erase cycles. Additionally, averaging the number of Program/Erase cycles for Block A and B will be more effective. It is important to track the total number of block erases and restrict the number. 5. If error occurs during block erase, attempt to execute the clear status register command, then the block erase command at least three times until the erase error disappears. 6. Customers desiring Program/Erase failure rate information should contact their Renesas technical support representative. 7. The data hold time includes time that the power supply is off or the clock is not supplied.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 154 of 205
R8C/13 Group
16. Electrical Characteristics
Table 16.5 Flash Memory (Data flash Block A, Block B) Electrical Characteristics(4)
Symbol
- - - - - td(SR-ES) - - - - -
Parameter
Program/Erase endurance(2)
Byte program time(program/erase endurance 1000 times) Byte program time(program/erase endurance >1000 times) Block erase time(program/erase endurance 1000 times) Block erase time(program/erase endurance >1000 times)
Measuring condition
Standard Min. Typ.
10000(3) 50 65 0.2 0.3
Max
400
Unit
times s s
9
s s
Time delay from Suspend Request until Erase Suspend Erase Suspend Request Interval Program, Erase Voltage Read Voltage Program/Erase Temperature Data hold time(9) Ambient temperature = 55 C 10 2.7 2.7 -20(-40)(8) 20
8 5.5 5.5 85
ms ms V V C year
NOTES: 1. Referenced to VCC=AVcc=2.7 to 5.5V at Topr = -20C to 85C / -40C to 85C unless otherwise specified. 2. Definition of Program/Erase The endurance of Program/Erase shows a time for each block. If the program/erase number is "n" (n = 1000, 10000), "n" times erase can be performed for each block. For example, if performing one-byte write to the distinct addresses on Block A of 2K-byte block 2048 times and then erasing that block, the number of Program/Erase cycles is one time. However, performing multiple writes to the same address before an erase operation is prohibited (overwriting prohibited). 3. Numbers of Program/Erase cycles for which all electrical characteristics is guaranteed. 4. Table 16.5 applies for Block A or B when the Program/Erase cycles are more than 1000. The byte program time up to 1000 cycles are the same as that of the program area (see Table 16.4). 5. To reduce the number of Program/Erase cycles, a block erase should ideally be performed after writing in series as many distinct addresses (only one time each) as possible. If programming a set of 16 bytes, write up to 128 sets and then erase them one time. This will result in ideally reducing the number of Program/Erase cycles. Additionally, averaging the number of Program/Erase cycles for Block A and B will be more effective. It is important to track the total number of block erases and restrict the number. 6. If error occurs during block erase, attempt to execute the clear status register command, then the block erase command at least three times until the erase error disappears. 7. Customers desiring Program/Erase failure rate information should contact their Renesas technical support representative. 8. -40 C for D version. 9. The data hold time includes time that the power supply is off or the clock is not supplied.
Erase-suspend request (interrupt request)
FMR46 td(SR-ES)
Figure 16.2 Time delay from Suspend Request until Erase Suspend
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 155 of 205
R8C/13 Group Table 16.6 Voltage Detection Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Symbol
Vdet Voltage detection level Voltage detection interrupt request generating time(2) Voltage detection circuit self consumption current td(E-A) Vccmin Waiting time until voltage detection circuit operation starts(3) Microcomputer operation voltage minimum value VC27=1, VCC=5.0V
16. Electrical Characteristics
Parameter
Measuring condition
Min.
3.3
Standard Typ.
3.8 40 600
Max.
4.3
Unit
V s nA
20 2.7
s V
NOTES: 1. The measuring condition is Vcc=AVcc=2.7V to 5.5V and Topr=-40C to 85C. 2. This shows the time until the voltage detection interrupt request is generated since the voltage passes Vdet. 3. This shows the required time until the voltage detection circuit operates when setting to "1" again after setting the VC27 bit in the VCR2 register to "0".
Table 16.7 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Using Hardware Reset 2(1, 3))
Symbol
Vpor2
Parameter
Power-on reset valid voltage
Measuring condition
-20C Topr < 85C -20C Topr < 85C, tW(por2) 0s(4)
Min.
Standard Typ.
Max.
Vdet 100
Unit
V ms
tW(Vpor2Supply voltage rising time when power-on reset is canceled(2) Vdet)
NOTES: 1. The voltage detection circuit which is embedded in a microcomputer is a factor to generate the hardware reset 2. Refer to 5.1.2 Hardware Reset 2. 2. This condition is not applicable when using VCC 1.0V. 3. When turning power on after the external power has been held below the valid voltage (Vpor1) for greater than 10 seconds, refer to Table 16.8 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Not Using Hardware Reset 2). 4. tw(por2) is time to hold the external power below effective voltage (Vpor2).
Table 16.8 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Not Using Hardware Reset 2)
Symbol
Vpor1
Parameter
Power-on reset valid voltage
Measuring condition
-20C Topr < 85C 0C Topr 85C, tW(por1) 10s(2) 30s(2) 10s(2)
Min.
Standard Typ.
Max.
0.1 100 100 1 0.5
Unit
V ms ms ms ms
tW(Vpor1- Supply voltage rising time when power-on reset is canceled Vdet) tW(Vpor1Vdet) Supply voltage rising time when power-on reset is canceled tW(Vpor1Vdet) Supply voltage rising time when power-on reset is canceled tW(Vpor1- Supply voltage rising time when power-on reset is canceled Vdet)
-20C Topr < 0C, tW(por1) -20C Topr < 0C, tW(por1)
0C Topr 85C, tW(por1) 1s(2)
NOTES: 1. When not using hardware reset 2, use with Vcc 2.7V. 2. tw(por1) is time to hold the external power below effective voltage (Vpor1).
Vdet(3) Vcc min Vpor2
Sampling time(1,2)
Vdet(3)
Vpor1 tw(por1) tw(Vpor1-Vdet)
Internal reset signal ("L" effective)
tw(por2) tw(Vpor2 -Vdet)
1 X 32 fRING-S
1 X 32 fRING-S
NOTES: 1. Hold the voltage of the microcomputer operation voltage range (Vccmin or above) within sampling time. 2. A sampling clock is selectable. Refer to "5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit" for details. 3. Vdet shows the voltage detection level of the voltage detection circuit. Refer to "5.4 Voltage Detection Circuit" for details.
Figure 16.3 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 156 of 205
R8C/13 Group Table 16.9 High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical Characteristics
Symbol Parameter
High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency 1 / {td(HRoffset)+td(HR)} when the reset is released td(HRoffset) Settable high-speed on-chip oscillator minimum period td(HR) High-speed on-chip oscillator period adjusted unit High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency temperature dependence(1) High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency temperature dependence(2)
16. Electrical Characteristics
Measuring condition
VCC=5.0V, Topr=25 C Set "4016" in the HR1 register VCC=5.0V, Topr=25 C Set "0016" in the HR1 register Differences when setting "0116" and "0016" in the HR register Frequency fluctuation in temperature range of -10 C to 50 C Frequency fluctuation in temperature range of -40 C to 85 C
Min.
Standard Typ.
8 61 1 5 10
Max.
Unit
MHz ns ns % %
NOTES: 1. The measuring condition is Vcc=AVcc=5.0 V and Topr=25 C.
Table 16.10 Power Circuit Timing Characteristics
Symbol
td(P-R) td(R-S)
Parameter
Time for internal power supply stabilization during powering-on(2) STOP release time(3)
Measuring condition
Min.
1
Standard Typ.
Max.
2000 150
Unit
s s
NOTES: 1. The measuring condition is Vcc=AVcc=2.7 to 5.5 V and Topr=25 C. 2. This shows the wait time until the internal power supply generating circuit is stabilized during power-on. 3. This shows the time until CPU clock supply starts from the interrupt acknowledgement to cancel stop mode.
Table 16.11 Electrical Characteristics (1)
Symbol
"H" output voltage VOH XOUT "L" output voltage VOL P10 to P17 Except P10 to P17, XOUT
[Vcc=5V]
Measuring condition
IOH=-5mA IOH=-200A Drive capacity HIGH Drive capacity LOW IOL= 5 mA IOL= 200 A Drive capacity HIGH Drive capacity LOW Drive capacity LOW Drive capacity HIGH Drive capacity LOW IOL= 15 mA IOL= 5 mA IOL= 200 A IOL= 1 mA IOL=500 A 0 .2 IOH=-1 mA IOH=-500A
Parameter
Except XOUT
Min.
VCC-2.0 VCC-0.3 VCC-2.0 VCC-2.0
Standard Max. Typ.
VCC VCC VCC VCC 2 .0 0.45 2 .0 2.0 0.45 2 .0 2 .0 1.0
Unit
V V V V V V V V V V V V
XOUT VT+-VTHysteresis INT0, INT1, INT2, INT3, KI0, KI1, KI2, KI3, CNTRo, CNTR1, TCIN, RxD0, RxD1, P45 RESET IIH IIL RPULLUP RfXIN fRING-S VRAM "H" input current "L" input current Pull-up resistance Feedback resistance
Low-speed on-chip oscillator frequency
0.2 VI=5V VI=0V VI=0V 30 40 At stop mode 2 .0 50 1.0 125
2.2 5.0
V A A k M kHz V
-5.0
167 250
XIN
RAM retention voltage
NOTES: 1. Referenced to VCC = AVCC = 4.2 to 5.5V at Topr = -20 to 85 C / -40 to 85 C, f(XIN)=20MHz unless otherwise specified.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 157 of 205
R8C/13 Group Table 16.12 Electrical Characteristics (2)
Symbol Parameter
High-speed mode
16. Electrical Characteristics [Vcc=5V]
Measuring condition
XIN=20 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz No division XIN=16 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz No division XIN=10 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz No division XIN=20 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz Division by 8 XIN=16 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz Division by 8 XIN=10 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz Division by 8
Min.
Standard Typ.
9
Max.
15
Unit
mA
8
14
mA
5
mA
Medium-speed mode
4
mA
3
mA
ICC
Power supply current (VCC=3.3 to 5.5V) In single-chip mode, the output pins are open and other pins are VSS
2
mA
Main clock off High-speed High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8 MHz on-chip oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz mode No division Main clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8 MHz Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz Division by 8 Main clock off Low-speed High-speed on-chip oscillator off on-chip oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz mode Division by 8
4
8
mA
1.5
mA
470
900
A
Wait mode
Wait mode
Main clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz When a WAIT instruction is executed(1) Peripheral clock operation VC27="0" Main clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz When a WAIT instruction is executed(1) Peripheral clock off VC27="0" Main clock off, Topr=25 C High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator off CM10="1" Peripheral clock off VC27="0"
40
80
A
38
76
A
Stop mode
0.8
3.0
A
NOTES: 1. Timer Y is operated with timer mode. 2. Referenced to VCC = AVCC = 4.2 to 5.5V at Topr = -20 to 85 C / -40 to 85 C, f(XIN)=20MHz unless otherwise specified.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 158 of 205
R8C/13 Group
16. Electrical Characteristics
Timing requirements [VCC=5V] (Unless otherwise noted: VCC = 5V, VSS = 0V at Topr = 25 C)
Table 16.13 XIN input Symbol tC(XIN) tWH(XIN) tWL(XIN) Parameter Standard Min. Max. 50 - 25 - 25 - Unit ns ns ns
XIN input cycle time XIN input HIGH pulse width XIN input LOW pulse width
________
Table 16.14 CNTR0 input, CNTR1 input, INT2 input Symbol tC(CNTR0) tWH(CNTR0) tWL(CNTR0) Parameter CNTR0 input cycle time CNTR0 input HIGH pulse width CNTR0 input LOW pulse width Standard Min. Max. 100 - 40 - 40 - Unit ns ns ns
________
Table 16.15 TCIN input, INT3 input Symbol Parameter Standard Max. Min. 400(1) - 200(2) - 200(2) - Unit
tC(TCIN) ns TCIN input cycle time tWH(TCIN) ns TCIN input HIGH pulse width tWL(TCIN) ns TCIN input LOW pulse width NOTES: 1. When using the Timer C input capture mode, adjust the cycle time above ( 1/ Timer C count source frequency x 3). 2. When using the Timer C input capture mode, adjust the pulse width above ( 1/ Timer C count source frequency x 1.5).
Table 16.16 Serial Interface Symbol tC(CK) tW(CKH) tW(CKL) td(C-Q) th(C-Q) tsu(D-C) th(C-D) Parameter CLKi input cycle time CLKi input HIGH pulse width CLKi input LOW pulse width TxDi output delay time TxDi hold time RxDi input setup time RxDi input hold time
________
Standard Min. Max. 200 - 100 - 100 - 80 - 0 - 35 - 90 -
Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Table 16.17 External interrupt INT0 input Symbol tW(INH) tW(INL)
________
Parameter INT0 input HIGH pulse width ________ INT0 input LOW pulse width
Standard Max. Min. 250(1) - 250(2) -
Unit ns ns
NOTES: ________ ________ 1. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input HIGH pulse width to the greater value,either ( 1/ digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard. ________ ________ 2. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input LOW pusle width to the greater value,either ( 1/ digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 159 of 205
R8C/13 Group
16. Electrical Characteristics
VCC = 5V
tc(CNTR0) tWH(CNTR0) CNTR0 input tWL(CNTR0)
tc(TCIN) tWH(TCIN) TCIN input tWL(TCIN) tc(XIN) tWH(XIN) XIN input tWL(XIN)
tc(CK) tW(CKH) CLKi tW(CKL) th(C-Q) TxDi td(C-Q) RxDi tW(INL) INTi tW(INH) tsu(D-C) th(C-D)
Figure 16.4 Vcc=5V timing diagram
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 160 of 205
R8C/13 Group Table 16.18 Electrical Characteristics (3)
Symbol
"H" output voltage VOH "L" output voltage VOL
16. Electrical Characteristics [Vcc=3V]
Measuring condition
IOH=-1mA Drive capacity HIGH Drive capacity LOW IOL= 1 mA Drive capacity HIGH Drive capacity LOW XOUT Drive capacity HIGH Drive capacity LOW IOL= 2 mA IOL= 1 mA IOL= 0.1 mA IOL=50 A 0.2 IOH=-0.1 mA IOH=-50 A
Parameter
Except XOUT XOUT Except P10 to P17, XOUT P10 to P17
Min.
VCC-0.5 VCC-0.5 VCC-0.5
Standard Max. Typ.
VCC VCC VCC 0 .5 0 .5 0 .5 0 .5 0 .5 0 .8
Unit
V V V V V V V V V
VT+-VT-
Hysteresis
INTo, INT1, INT2, INT3, KI0, KI1, KI2, KI3, CNTR0, CNTR1, TCIN, RxD0, RxD1, P45 RESET
0.2 VI=3V VI=0V VI=0V 66 40 At stop mode 2 .0 160 3.0 125
1 .8 4.0
IIH IIL RPULLUP RfXIN fRING-S VRAM
"H" input current "L" input current Pull-up resistance Feedback resistance
Low-speed on-chip oscillator frequency
V A A k M kHz V
-4.0
500 250
XIN
RAM retention voltage
NOTES: 1. Referenced to VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 3.3V at Topr = -20 to 85 C / -40 to 85 C, f(XIN)=10MHz unless otherwise specified.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 161 of 205
R8C/13 Group Table 16.19 Electrical Characteristics (4)
Symbol Parameter
High-speed mode
16. Electrical Characteristics [Vcc=3V]
Measuring condition
XIN=20 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz No division XIN=16 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz No division XIN=10 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz No division XIN=20 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz Division by 8 XIN=16 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz Division by 8 XIN=10 MHz (square wave) High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz Division by 8
Min.
Standard Typ.
8
Max.
13
Unit
mA
7
12
mA
5
mA
Medium-speed mode
3
mA
2 .5
mA
ICC
Power supply current (VCC=2.7 to 3.3V) In single-chip mode, the output pins are open and other pins are VSS
1 .6
mA
Main clock off High-speed High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8 MHz on-chip oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz mode No division Main clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator on=8 MHz Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz Division by 8 Main clock off Low-speed High-speed on-chip oscillator off on-chip oscillator Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz mode Division by 8
3 .5
7 .5
mA
1.5
mA
420
800
A
Wait mode
Main clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz When a WAIT instruction is executed(1) Peripheral clock operation VC27="0" Main clock off High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator on=125 kHz When a WAIT instruction is executed(1) Peripheral clock off VC27="0" Main clock off, Topr=25 C High-speed on-chip oscillator off Low-speed on-chip oscillator off CM10="1" Peripheral clock off VC27="0"
37
74
A
Wait mode
35
70
A
Stop mode
0.7
3.0
A
NOTES: 1. Timer Y is operated with timer mode. 2. Referenced to VCC = AVCC = 2.7 to 3.3V at Topr = -20 to 85 C / -40 to 85 C, f(XIN)=10MHz unless otherwise specified.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 162 of 205
R8C/13 Group
16. Electrical Characteristics
Timing requirements [VCC=3V] (Unless otherwise noted: VCC = 3V, VSS = 0V at Topr = 25 C)
Table 16.20 XIN input Symbol tC(XIN) tWH(XIN) tWL(XIN) Parameter Standard Min. Max. 100 - 40 - 40 - Unit ns ns ns
XIN input cycle time XIN input HIGH pulse width XIN input LOW pulse width
________
Table 16.21 CNTR0 input, CNTR1 input, INT2 input Symbol tC(CNTR0) tWH(CNTR0) tWL(CNTR0) Parameter CNTR0 input cycle time CNTR0 input HIGH pulse width CNTR0 input LOW pulse width Standard Min. Max. 300 - 120 - 120 - Unit ns ns ns
________
Table 16.22 TCIN input, INT3 input Symbol Parameter Standard Min. Max. 1200(1) - 600(2) - 600(2) - Unit
tC(TCIN) ns TCIN input cycle time tWH(TCIN) ns TCIN input HIGH pulse width tWL(TCIN) ns TCIN input LOW pulse width NOTES: 1. When using the Timer C input capture mode, adjust the cycle time above ( 1/ Timer C count source frequency x 3). 2. When using the Timer C input capture mode, adjust the pulse width above ( 1/ Timer C count source frequency x 1.5).
Table 16.23 Serial Interface Symbol tC(CK) tW(CKH) tW(CKL) td(C-Q) th(C-Q) tsu(D-C) th(C-D) Parameter CLKi input cycle time CLKi input HIGH pulse width CLKi input LOW pulse width TxDi output delay time TxDi hold time RxDi input setup time RxDi input hold time
________
Standard Min. Max. 300 - 150 - 150 - 160 - 0 - 55 - 90 -
Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Table 16.24 External interrupt INT0 input Symbol
________
Parameter
tW(INH) ns INT0 input HIGH pulse width ________ tW(INL) ns INT0 input LOW pulse width NOTES: ________ ________ 1. When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input HIGH pulse width to the greater value,either ( 1/ digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard. ________ ________ 2 . When selecting the digital filter by the INT0 input filter select bit, use the INT0 input LOW pusle width to the greater value,either ( 1/ digital filter clock frequency x 3) or the minimum value of standard.
Standard Min. Max. 380(1) - 380(2) -
Unit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 163 of 205
R8C/13 Group
16. Electrical Characteristics
VCC = 3V
tc(CNTR0) tWH(CNTR0) CNTR0 input tWL(CNTR0)
tc(TCIN) tWH(TCIN) TCIN input tWL(TCIN) tc(XIN) tWH(XIN) XIN input tWL(XIN)
tc(CK) tW(CKH) CLKi tW(CKL) th(C-Q) TxDi td(C-Q) RxDi tW(INL) INTi tW(INH) tsu(D-C) th(C-D)
Figure 16.5 Vcc=3V timing diagram
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 164 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17. Memory Map
17. Flash Memory Version
17.1 Overview
The flash memory version has two modes--CPU rewrite and standard serial I/O--in which its flash memory can be operated on. Table 17.1 outlines the performance of flash memory version (see "Table 1.1 Performance" for the items not listed on Table 17.1). Table 17.1 Flash Memory Version Performance
Item Flash memory operating mode Erase block Method for program Method for erasure Program, erase control method Protect method Number of commands Specification 2 modes (CPU rewrite and standard serial I/O) See "Figure 17.1. Flash Memory Block Diagram" In units of byte Block erase Program and erase controlled by software command Protect for Block 0 and 1 by FMR02 bit in FMR0 register Protect for Block 0 by FMR16 bit and Block 1 by FMR16 bit 5 commands
Number of program Block0 and 1 (program ROM) 1,000 times and erasure(1) BlockA and B (data flash) 10,000 times ROM code protection Standard serial I/O mode is supported.
NOTES: 1: Definition of program/erase times The program/erase times are defined to be per-block erase times. When the program/erase times are n times (n=1,000 or 10,000 times), to erase n times per block is possible. For example, if performing one-byte write to the distinct addresses on the Block A of 2K-byte block 2,048 times and then erasing that block, the number of the program/erase cycles is one time. if rewriting more than 1,000 times, run the program until the vacant areas are all used to reduce the substantial rewrite times and then erase. Avoid rewriting only particular blocks and rewrite to average the program and erase times to each block. Also keep the erase times as inrformation and set up the limit times.
Table 17.2 Flash Memory Rewrite Modes Flash memory CPU rewrite mode rewrite mode User ROM area is rewritten by executing Function software commands from the CPU. EW0 mode: Can be rewritten in any area other than the flash memory EW1 mode: Can be rewritten in the flash memory Areas which User ROM area can be rewritten Operation Single chip mode mode ROM None programmer
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 165 of 205
Standard serial I/O mode User ROM area is rewritten by using a dedicated serial programmer. Standard serial I/O mode 1 : Clock synchronous serial I/O Standard serial I/O mode 2 : UART User ROM area Boot mode Serial programmer
R8C/13 Group
17. Flash Memory Version
17.2 Memory Map
The ROM in the flash memory version is separated between a user ROM area and a boot ROM area (reserved area). Figure 17.1 shows the block diagram of flash memory. The user ROM area has the 2K-byte Block A and the 2K-byte Block B (data flash), in addition to an area (program ROM) which stores the microcomputer operation program. The user ROM area is divided into several blocks. The user ROM area can be rewritten in CPU rewrite and standard serial I/O modes. When rewriting the Block 0 and Block 1 in CPU rewrite mode, set the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to "1" (rewrite enabled), and when setting the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to "0" (rewrite enabled), the Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to "0" (rewrite enabled), the Block 1 is rewritable. Also when setting the PM10 bit in the PM1 register to "1"(enabled), the Block A and Block B are usable. The rewrite program for standard serial I/O mode is stored in the boot ROM area before shipment. The boot ROM area and the user ROM area share the same address, but have an another memory.
16 Kbytes ROM Product
0200016
12 Kbytes ROM Product
0200016
8 Kbytes ROM Product
0200016
Block A : 2 Kbytes Block B : 2 Kbytes
Block A : 2 Kbytes Block B : 2 Kbytes
Block A : 2 Kbytes
Data flsh
02FFF16
02FFF16
02FFF16
Block B : 2 Kbytes
0C00016
Block 1 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0DFFF16 0E00016
0D00016
Program ROM
Block 1 : 4 Kbytes(1)
0DFFF16 0E00016 0E00016 0E00016
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0FFFF16 0FFFF16
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0FFFF16
Block 0 : 8 Kbytes(1)
0FFFF16
8 Kbytes
User ROM area
User ROM area
User ROM area
Boot ROM area (reserved area)(2)
NOTES: 1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to "1" (rewrite enabled) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to "0" (rewrite enabled), the Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to "0" (rewrite enabled), the Block 1 is rewritable (only for CPU rewrite mode). 2. This area is to store the boot program provided by Renesas Technology.
Figure 17.1 Flash Memory Block Diagram
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 166 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.3 Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting
17.3 Functions To Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting
To prevent the flash memory from being read or rewritten easily, standard serial I/O mode has an ID code check function. 17.3.1 ID Code Check Function Use this function in standard serial I/O mode. Unless the flash memory is blank, the ID codes sent from the programmer and the ID codes written in the flash memory are compared to see if they match. If the ID codes do not match, the commands sent from the programmer are not accepted. The ID code consists of 8-bit data, the areas of which, beginning with the first byte, are 00FFDF16, 00FFE316, 00FFEB16, 00FFEF16, 00FFF316, 00FFF716, and 00FFFB16. Prepare a program in which the ID codes are preset at these addresses and write it in the flash memory.
Address 00FFDF16 to 00FFDC16 ID1 00FFE316 to 00FFE016 00FFE716 to 00FFE416 00FFEB16 to 00FFE816 00FFEF16 to 00FFEC16 00FFF316 to 00FFF016 00FFF716 to 00FFF416 00FFFB16 to 00FFF816 00FFFF16 to 00FFFC16 ID3 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7
(Note 1)
Undefined instruction vector
ID2
Overflow vector BRK instruction vector Address match vector Single step vector
Oscillation stop detection/watchdog timer vector/voltage detection
(Reserved) (Reserved) Reset vector
NOTES: 1. The OFS register is assigned to the 00FFFF16 address. Refer to Figure11.2 OFS, WDC, WDTR and WDTS registers for the OFS register details.
4 bytes
Figure 17.2 Address for ID Code Stored
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 167 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
In CPU rewrite mode, the user ROM area can be rewritten by executing software commands from the CPU. Therefore, the user ROM area can be rewritten directly while the microcomputer is mounted onboard without having to use a ROM programmer, etc. Make sure the Program and the Block Erase commands are executed only on each block in the user ROM area. For interrupts requested during an erase operation in CPU rewrite mode, the R8C/11 flash module offers an "erase-suspend" feature which allow the erase operation to be suspended, and access made available to the flash. During CPU rewrite mode, the user ROM area be operated on in either Erase Write 0 (EW0) mode or Erase Write 1 (EW1) mode. Table 17.3 lists the differences between Erase Write 0 (EW0) and Erase Write 1 (EW1) modes. Table 17.3 EW0 Mode and EW1 Mode Item EW0 mode EW1 mode Operation mode Single chip mode Single chip mode Areas in which a User ROM area User ROM area rewrite control program can be located Areas in which a Must be transferred to any area other Can be executed directly in the user rewrite control than the flash memory (e.g., RAM) ROM area program can be executed before being executed Areas which can be User ROM area User ROM area rewritten However, this does not include the block in which a rewrite control program exists(1) Software command None * Program, Block Erase command limitations Cannot be executed on any block in which a rewrite control program exists * Read Status Register command Cannot be executed Modes after Program or Read Status Register mode Read Array mode Erase CPU status during Auto Operating Hold state (I/O ports retain the state in Write and Auto Erase which they were before the command was executed) Flash memory status * Read the FMR0 register FMR00, Read the FMR0 register FMR00, detection FMR06, and FMR07 bits in a FMR06, and FMR07 bits in a program program * Execute the Read Status Register command to read the status register SR7, SR5, and SR4. Conditions for Set the FMR40 and FMR41 bits in When an interrupt which is set for transferring to the FMR4 register to "1" by program. enabled occurs while the FMR40 bit in erase-suspend the FMR4 register is set to "1". CPU Clock 5MHz or below No restriction to the following (clock frequency to be used) NOTES: 1. When setting the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register to "1" (rewrite enabled) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register to "0" (rewrite enabled), the Block 0 is rewritable. When setting the FMR16 bit to "0" (rewrite enabled), the Block 1 is rewritable.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 168 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
17.4.1 EW0 Mode The microcomputer is placed in CPU rewrite mode by setting the FMR01 bit in the FMR0 register to "1" (CPU rewrite mode enabled), ready to accept commands. In this case, because the FMR1 register's FMR11 bit = 0, EW0 mode is selected. Use software commands to control program and erase operations. Read the FMR0 register or status register to check the status of program or erase operation at completion. When moving to an erase-suspend during auto-erase, set the FMR40 bit to "1" (erase-suspend enabled ) and the FMR41 bit to "1" (erase-suspend requested). Wait for td(SR-ES) and make sure that the FMR46 bit is set to "1" (enables reading) before accessing the user ROM space. The auto-erase operation resumes by setting the FMR41 bit to "0" (erase restart). 17.4.2 EW1 Mode EW1 mode is selected by setting FMR11 bit to "1" (EW1 mode) after setting the FMR01 bit to "1" (CPU rewrite mode enabled). Read the FMR0 register to check the status of program or erase operation at completion. Avoid executing software commands of Read Status register in EW1 mode. To enable the erase-suspend function, the Block Erase command should be executed after setting the FMR40 bit to "1" (erase-suspend enabled). An interrupt to request an erase-suspend must be in enabled state. After passing td(SR-ES) since the block erase command is executed, an interrupt request can be acknowledged. When an interrupt request is generated, FMR41 bit is automatically set to "1" (erase-suspend requested) and the auto-erase operation is halted. If the auto-erase operation is not completed (FMR00 bit is "0") when the interrupt routine is ended, the Block Erase command should be executed again by settingthe FMR41 bit to "0" (erase restart).
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 169 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
Figure 17.3 shows the FMR0 register. Figure 17.4 shows the FMR1 and FMR4 registers. * FMR00 Bit This bit indicates the operating status of the flash memory. The bit is "0" during programming, erasing, or erase-suspend mode; otherwise, the bit is "1". * FMR01 Bit The microcomputer is made ready to accept commands by setting the FMR01 bit to "1" (CPU rewrite mode). * FMR02 Bit The Block1 and Block0 do not accept the Program and Block Erase commands if the FMR02 bit is set to "0" (rewrite disabled). The Block0 and Block1 are controlled rewriting in the FMR15 and FMR16 bits if the FMR02 bit is set to "1" (rewrite enabled). * FMSTP Bit This bit is provided for initializing the flash memory control circuits, as well as for reducing the amount of current consumed in the flash memory. The flash memory is disabled against access by setting the FMSTP bit to "1". Therefore, the FMSTP bit must be written to by a program in other than the flash memory. In the following cases, set the FMSTP bit to "1": * When flash memory access resulted in an error while erasing or programming in EW0 mode (FMR00 bit not reset to "1" (ready)) * When entering on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stop) Figure 17.7 shows a flow chart to be followed before and after entering on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stop). Note that when going to stop or wait mode while the CPU rewrite mode is disabled, the FMR0 register does not need to be set because the power for the flash memory is automatically turned off and is turned back on again after returning from stop or wait mode. * FMR06 Bit This is a read-only bit indicating the status of auto program operation. The bit is set to "1" when a program error occurs; otherwise, it is cleared to "0". For details, refer to the description of "17.4.5 full status check". * FMR07 Bit This is a read-only bit indicating the status of auto erase operation. The bit is set to "1" when an erase error occurs; otherwise, it is set to "0". For details, refer to the description of "17.4.5 full status check". * FMR11 Bit Setting this bit to "1" (EW1 mode) places the microcomputer in EW1 mode. * FMR15 Bit When the FMR02 bit is set to "1" (rewrite enabled) and the FMR15 bit is set to "0" (rewrite enabled), the Block0 accepts the program command and block erase command. * FMR16 Bit When the FMR02 bit is set to "1" (rewrite enabled) and the FMR16 bit is set to "0" (rewrite enabled), the Block1 accepts the program command and block erase command.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 170 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
* FMR40 bit The erase-suspend function is enabled by setting the FMR40 bit to "1" (valid). * FMR41 bit In EW0 mode, the flash module goes to erase-suspend mode when the FMR41 bit is set to "1". In EW1 mode, the FMR41 bit is automatically set to "1" (erase-suspend requested) when an enabled interrupt occurred, and then the flash module goes to erase-suspend mode. The auto-erase operation restarts when the FMR41 bit is set to "0" (erase restart). * FMR46 bit The FMR46 bit is set to "0"(disables reading) during auto-erase execution and set to "1"(enables reading) during erase-suspend mode. Do not access to the flash memory when this bit is set to "0".
Flash memory control register 0
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
FM R 0 Bit symbol FMR00 FMR01
Address
01B716
After reset
000000012
00
Bit name
RY/BY status flag CPU rewrite mode select bit(1, 6) Block0 and 1 rewrite enable bit(2, 6, 7)
Function
0: Busy (being written or erased) 1: Ready 0: Disable CPU rewrite mode 1: Enable CPU rewrite mode
RW RO
RW
FMR02
0: Rewrite disabled 1: Rewrite enabled 0: Enable flash memory operation 1: Stops flash memory operation (placed in low power mode, flash memory initialized) Set to "0" 0: Terminated normally 1: Terminated in error 0: Terminated normally 1: Terminated in error
RW
FMSTP
Flash memory stop bit(3, 5, 6)
RW
(b5-b4) FMR06 FMR07
Reserved bit Program status flag(4) Erase status flag(4)
RW RO
RO NOTES: 1. To set this bit to "1", write "0" and then "1" in succession. Make sure no interrupts will occur before writing "1" after writing "0". Set the microcomputer in read array mode before writing "0" to this bit. 2. To set this bit to "1", write "0" and then "1" in succession when the FMR01 bit = 1. Make sure no interrupts will occur before writing "1" after writing "0". 3. Write to this bit from a program in other than the flash memory. 4. This flag is set to "0" by executing the Clear Status command. 5. Effective when the FMR01 bit = 1 (CPU rewrite mode). If the FMR01 bit = 0, although the FMSTP bit can be set to "1" by writing "1", the flash memory is neither placed in low power mode nor initialized. 6. Use the bit process instruction to set the FMR01, FMR02 and FMSTP bits (Refer to "R8C/Tiny Series Software Manual". 7. When setting the FMR01 bit to "0" (disable CPU rewrite mode), the FMR02 bit is set to "0" (rewrite disabled).
Figure 17.3 FMR0 Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 171 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
Flash memory control register 1
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
FMR1 Bit symbol (b0) FMR11 (b4-b2) FMR15 FMR16
Address
01B516
After reset
1000000X2
1
0
0
0
Bit name
Reserved bit EW1 mode select bit(1, 2) Reserved bit Block0 rewrite disable bit(2, 3) Block1 rewrite disable bit(2, 3)
Function
When read, its content is indeterminate. 0: EW0 mode 1: EW1 mode Set to "0" 0 : Rewrite enabled 1 : Rewrite disabled 0 : Rewrite enabled 1 : Rewrite disabled
RW RO RW RW RW RW
Reserved bit Set to "1" RW (b7) NOTES: 1. To set this bit to "1", write "0" and then "1" (CPU rewrite mode enabled) in succession when the FMR01 bit = 1. Make sure no interrupts will occur before writing "1" after writing "0". 2. This bit is set to "0" by setting the FMR01 bit to "0" (CPU rewrite mode disabled). 3. When the FMR01 bit is "1" (CPU rewrite mode enabled), the FMR15 and FMR16 bits are rewritable. To set this bit to "0", write "1" and then "0" in succession. To set this bit to "1", write "1".
Flash memory control register 4
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Symbol
FMR4 Bit symbol FMR40 FMR41 (b5-b2) FMR46
Address
01B316
After reset
010000002
0
0
00
0
Bit name
Erase-suspend function enable bit(1) Erase-suspend request bit(2) Reserved bit Read status flag 0: Invalid 1: Valid
Function
RW RW RW RO RO
0: Erase restart 1: Erase suspend request Set to "0" 0: Disable reading 1: Enable reading Set to "0"
RW NOTES: 1. To set this bit to "1", write "0" and then "1" in succession. Make sure no interrupts will occur before writing "1" after writing "0". 2. This bit is valid only when the FMR40 bit is set to "1" (valid) and can only be written before ending an erase after issuing an erase command. Other than this period, this bit is set to "0". In EW0 mode, this bit can be set to "0" and "1" by program. In EW1 mode, this bit is automatically set to "1" if a maskable interrupt occurs during an erase operation while the FMR40 bit is set to "1". This bit can not be set to "1" by program. (Can be set to "0".)
(b7)
Reserved bit
Figure 17.4 FMR1 Register and FMR4 Register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 172 of 205
R8C/13 Group Figures 17.5 shows the timing on suspend operation.
Erase Starts Erase Suspends Erase Starts Erase Ends
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
During Erase FMR00
During Erase
FMR46
Check that the FMR00 bit is set to "0", and that the erase operation has not ended.
Check the status, and that the program ends normally.
Figure 17.5 Timing on Suspend Operation Figures 17.6 and 17.7 show the setting and resetting of EW0 mode and EW1 mode, respectively.
EW0 mode operation procedure
Rewrite control program Set the FMR01 bit by writing "0" and then "1" (CPU rewrite mode enabled)(2)
Set CM0 and CM1 registers(1)
Execute software commands
Transfer a CPU rewrite mode based rewrite control program to any area other than the flash memory
Execute the Read Array command(3)
Jump to the rewrite control program which has been transferred to any area other than the flash memory (The subsequent processing is executed by the rewrite control program in any area other than the flash memory)
Write "0" to the FMR01 bit (CPU rewrite mode disabled)
Jump to a specified address in the flash memory
NOTES: 1. Select 5 MHz or less for CPU clock using the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM17 to CM16 bits in the CM1 register. 2. To set the FMR01 bit to "1", write "0" and then "1" in succession. Make sure no interrupts will occur before writing "1" after writing "0". Write to the FMR01 bit from a program in other than the flash memory. 3. Disables the CPU rewrite mode after executing the Read Array command.
Figure 17.6 Setting and Resetting of EW0 Mode
EW1 mode operation procedure Program in ROM
Set the FMR01 bit by writing "0" and then "1" (CPU rewrite mode enabled)(1) Set the FMR11 bit by writing "0" and then "1" (EW1 mode)
Execute software commands NOTES: 1. To set the FMR01 bit to "1", write "0" and then "1" in succession. Make sure no interrupts will occur before writing "1" after writing "0".
Write "0" to the FMR01 bit (CPU rewrite mode disabled)
Figure 17.7 Setting and Resetting of EW1 Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 173 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
On-chip oscillator mode (main clock stop) program Transfer a on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stop) program to any area other the flash memory Set the FMR01 bit by writing "0" and then "1" (CPU rewrite mode enabled)
Jump to the on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stop) program which has been transferred to any area other the flash memory. (The subsequent processing is executed by a program in any area other than the flash memory.)
Set FMSTP bit to "1" (flash memory stopped. Low power state)(1)
Switch the clock source for CPU clock. Turn XIN off
Process of on-chip oscillator mode (main clock stop)
Turn main clock on
wait until oscillation stabilizes
switch the clock source for CPU clock(2)
Set the FMSTP bit to "0" (flash memory operation)(4)
Write "0" to the FMR01 bit (CPU rewrite mode disabled)
Wait until the flash memory circuit stabilizes (15 s)(3)
Jump to a specified address in the flash memory
NOTES: 1. Set the FMR01 bit to "1" (CPU rewrite mode) before setting the FMSTP bit to "1" . 2. Before the clock source for CPU clock can be changed, the clock to which to be changed must be stable. 3. Insert a 15 s wait time in a program. Avoid accessing to the flash memory during this wait time. 4. Ensure 10 s until setting "0" (flash memory operates) after setting the FMSTP bit to "1" (flash memory stops).
Figure 17.8 Process to Reduce Power Consumption in On-Chip Oscillator Mode (Main Clock Stops)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 174 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
17.4.3 Software Commands Software commands are described below. The command code and data must be read and written in 8-bit units. Table 17.4 Software Commands
First bus cycle Command Read array Read status register Clear status register Program Block erase Mode Write Write Write Write Write Address X X X WA X Data (D7 to D0) FF16 7016 5016 4016 2016 Write Write WA BA WD D016 Read X SRD Mode Second bus cycle Address Data (D7 to D0)
SRD: Status register data (D7 to D0) WA: Write address (Make sure the address value specified in the the first bus cycle is the same address as the write address specified in the second bus cycle.) WD: Write data (8 bits) BA: Given block address X: Any address in the user ROM area
* Read Array Command This command reads the flash memory. Writing `FF16' in the first bus cycle places the microcomputer in read array mode. Enter the read address in the next or subsequent bus cycles, and the content of the specified address can be read in 8-bit units. Because the microcomputer remains in read array mode until another command is written, the contents of multiple addresses can be read in succession. * Read Status Register Command This command reads the status register. Write `7016' in the first bus cycle, and the status register can be read in the second bus cycle. (Refer to Section 17.4.4, "Status Register.") When reading the status register too, specify an address in the user ROM area. Avoid executing this command in EW1 mode. * Clear Status Register Command This command sets the status register to "0". Write `5016' in the first bus cycle, and the FMR06 to FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register and SR4 to SR5 in the status register will be set to "0".
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 175 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
* Program Command This command writes data to the flash memory in one byte units. Write `4016' in the first bus cycle and write data to the write address in the second bus cycle, and an auto program operation (data program and verify) will start. Make sure the address value specified in the first bus cycle is the same address as the write address specified in the second bus cycle. Check the FMR00 bit in the FMR0 register to see if auto programming has finished. The FMR00 bit is "0" during auto programming and set to "1" when auto programming is completed. Check the FMR06 bit in the FMR0 register after auto programming has finished, and the result of auto programming can be known. (Refer to Section 17.4.5, "Full Status Check.") Writing over already programmed addresses is inhibited. When the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register is set to "0" (rewrite disabled), or the FMR02 bit is set to "1" (rewrite enabled) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register is set to "1" (rewrite disabled), the program command on the Block0 is not accepted. When the FMR16 bit is set to "1" (rewrite disabled), the program command on the Block1 is not accepted. In EW1 mode, do not execute this command on any address at which the rewrite control program is located. In EW0 mode, the microcomputer goes to read status register mode at the same time auto programming starts, making it possible to read the status register. The status register bit 7 (SR7) is set to "0" at the same time auto programming starts, and set back to "1" when auto programming finishes. In this case, the microcomputer remains in read status register mode until a read array command is written next. The result of auto programming can be known by reading the status register after auto programming has finished.
Start Write the command code `4016' to the write address Write data to the write address
FMR00=1? YES Full status check
NO
Program completed
Figure 17.9 Program Command
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 176 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
* Block Erase Write `2016' in the first bus cycle and write `D016' to the given address of a block in the second bus cycle, and an auto erase operation (erase and verify) will start. Check the FMR00 bit in the FMR0 register to see if auto erasing has finished. The FMR00 bit is "0" during auto erasing and set to "1" when auto erasing is completed. Check the FMR07 bit in the FMR0 register after auto erasing has finished, and the result of auto erasing can be known. (Refer to Section 17.4.5, "Full Status Check.") When the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register is set to "0" (rewrite disabled) or the FMR02 bit is set to "1" (rewrite enabled) and the FMR15 bit in the FMR1 register is set to "1" (rewrite disabled), the block erase command on the Block 0 is not accepted. When the FMR16 bit is set to "1" (rewrite disabled), the block erase command on the Block 1 is not accepted. Figure 17.10 shows an example of a block erase flowchart when the erase-suspend function is not used. Figure 17.11 shows an example of a block erase flowchart when the erase-suspend function is used. In EW1 mode, do not execute this command on any address at which the rewrite control program is located. In EW0 mode, the microcomputer goes to read status register mode at the same time auto erasing starts, making it possible to read the status register. The status register bit 7 (SR7) is cleared to "0" at the same time auto erasing starts, and set back to "1" when auto erasing finishes. In this case, the microcomputer remains in read status register mode until the Read Array command is written next.
Start
Write the command code `2016' Write `D016' to the given block address
FMR00=1? YES Full status check
NO
Block erase completed
Figure 17.10 Block Erase Command (When Not Using Erase-suspend Function)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 177 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
Start Interrupt(1, 2)
FMR40=1
FMR40=1
Write the command code `2016' Write `D016' to the any block address FMR46=1? YES Access to flash memory FMR00=1? YES Full status check REIT NO FMR41=0 NO
Block erase completed
Start Interrupt(2)
FMR40=1
Access to flash memory
Write the command code `2016' Write `D016' to the any block address
REIT
FMR41=0
FMR00=1? YES Full status check
NO
Block erase completed NOTES: 1. In EW0 mode, interrupt vector table and interrupt routine for an interrupt used should be located in the RAM space. 2. td(SR-ES) is needed after an interrupt request is generated before being acknowledged. The interrupt to enter an erase-suspend should be in interrupt enabled status.
Figure 17.11 Block Erase Flow Chart (When Using Erase-suspend Function)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 178 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
17.4.4 Status Register The status register indicates the operating status of the flash memory and whether an erase or programming operation terminated normally or in error. The status of the status register can be known by reading the FMR00, FMR06, and FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register. Table 17.5 lists the status register. In EW0 mode, the status register can be read in the following cases: (1) When a given address in the user ROM area is read after writing the Read Status Register command (2) When a given address in the user ROM area is read after executing the Program or Block Erase command but before executing the Read Array command. * Sequence Status (SR7 and FMR00 Bits ) The sequence status indicates the operating status of the flash memory. SR7 = 0 (busy) during auto programming and auto erase, and is set to "1" (ready) at the same time the operation finishes. * Erase Status (SR5 and FMR07 Bits) Refer to Section 17.4.5, "Full Status Check." * Program Status (SR4 and FMR06 Bits) Refer to Section 17.4.5, "Full Status Check." Table 17.5 Status Register
Status register bit SR7 (D7) SR6 (D6) SR5 (D5) SR4 (D4) SR3 (D3) SR2 (D2) SR1 (D1)
FMR0 register bit FMR00
Status name "0" Sequencer status Reserved Busy -
Contents "1" Ready Terminated in error Terminated in error -
Value after reset 1
FMR07 FMR06
Erase status Program status Reserved Reserved Reserved
Terminated normally Terminated normally -
0 0
Reserved SR0 (D0) * D7 to D0: Indicates the data bus which is read out when the Read Status Register command is executed. * The FMR07 bit (SR5) and FMR06 bit (SR4) are set to "0" by executing the Clear Status Register command. * When the FMR07 bit (SR5) or FMR06 bit (SR4) = 1, the Program and Block Erase commands are not accepted.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 179 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
17.4.5 Full Status Check When an error occurs, the FMR06 to FMR07 bits in the FMR0 register are set to "1", indicating occurrence of each specific error. Therefore, execution results can be verified by checking these status bits (full status check). Table 17.6 lists errors and FMR0 register status. Figure 17.12 shows a full status check flowchart and the action to be taken when each error occurs. Table 17.6 Errors and FMR0 Register Status FRM00 register (status register) status FMR07 FMR06 (SR5) (SR4) 1 1
Error
Error occurrence condition
1 0
0 1
Command * When any command is not written correctly sequence error * When invalid data was written other than those that can be written in the second bus cycle of the Block Erase command (i.e., other than `D016' or `FF16')(1) *When executing the program command or block erase command while rewriting is disabled using the FMR02 bit in the FMR0 register, the FMR15 or FMR16 bit in the FMR1 register. * When inputting and erasing the address in which the Flash memory is not allocated during the erase command input. * When executing to erase the block which disables rewriting during the erase command input. * When inputting and writing the address in which the Flash memory is not allocated during the write command input. * When executing to write the block which disables rewriting during the write command input. Erase error * When the Block Erase command was executed but not automatically erased correctly Program error * When the Program command was executed but not automatically programmed correctly.
NOTES: 1. Writing `FF16' in the second bus cycle of these commands places the microcomputer in read array mode, and the command code written in the first bus cycle is nullified.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 180 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.4 CPU Rewrite Mode
Command sequence error Full status check
Execute the clear status register command (set these status flags to 0)
FMR06 =1 and FMR07=1?
Yes
Command sequence error
Check if command is properly input
No
Re-execute the command
FMR07=0?
Yes
Erase error
Erase error
No
Execute the clear status register command (set these status flags to 0)
Erase command re-execution times 3 times? FMR06=0? Yes Program error Yes
No
Block targeting for erasure cannot be used
No
Re-execute block erase command
Program error
Execute the clear status register command (set these status flags to 0)
Full status check completed
Specify the other address besides the write address where the error occurs for the program address (1) Re-execute program command
NOTES: 1. To rewrite to the address where the program error occurs, check if the full status check is complete normally and write to the address after the block erase command is executed.
Figure 17.12 Full Status Check and Handling Procedure for Each Error
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 181 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode
17.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode
In standard serial I/O mode, the user ROM area can be rewritten while the microcomputer is mounted onboard by using a serial programmer suitable for this microcomputer. Standard serial I/O mode has standard serial I/O mode 1 of the clock synchronous serial and standard serial I/O mode 2 of the clock asynchronous serial. Refer to "Appendix 2 Connecting Examples for Serial Writer and On-chip Debugging Emulator". For more information about serial programmers, contact the manufacturer of your serial programmer. For details on how to use, refer to the user's manual included with your serial programmer. Table 17.7 lists pin functions (flash memory standard serial input/output mode). Figures 17.13 to 17.15 show pin connections for standard serial I/O mode. 17.5.1 ID Code Check Function This function determines whether the ID codes sent from the serial programmer and those written in the flash memory match (refer to Section 17.3, "Functions to Prevent Flash Memory from Rewriting").
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 182 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode
Table 17.7 Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode)
P in VCC,VSS IVCC RESET P46/XIN P47/XOUT AVCC, AVSS VREF P01 to P07 P10 to P17 P30 to P33 P45 P00 MODE CNVSS P37 Name Power input IVCC Reset input P46 input/Clock input P47 input/Clock output Analog power supply input Reference voltage input Input port P0 Input port P1 Input port P3 Input port P4 TxD output MODE CNVSS RxD input I I I/O I I I I I I O I/O I/O I I/O Description Apply the voltage guaranteed for Program and Erase to Vcc pin and 0V to Vss pin. Connect capacitor (0.1 F) to Vss. Reset input pin.
Connect a ceramic resonator or crystal oscillator between XIN and XOUT pins in standard serial I/O mode 2. When using the main clock in standard serial I/O mode 1, connect a ceramic resonator or crystal oscillator between XIN and XOUT pins. When not using the main clock in standard serial I/O mode 1, connect this pin to Vcc via a resistor(pull-up)
Connect AVss to Vss and AVcc to Vcc, respectively. Enter the reference voltage for AD from this pin. Input "H" or "L" level signal or open. Input "H" or "L" level signal or open. Input "H" or "L" level signal or open. Input "H" or "L" level signal or open. Serial data output pin Standard serial I/O mode 1: connect to flash programmer Standard serial I/O mode 2: Input "L". Standard serial I/O mode 1: connect to flash programmer Standard serial I/O mode 2: Input "L". Serial data input pin
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 183 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 12345678 16 15 14
MODE
R8C/13
13 12 11 10 9
Vss
TxD
Vcc
Connect oscillator circuit(1)
RxD
Value Voltage from programmer Voltage from programmer Voltage from programmer
RESET
Mode Setting Signal
CNVss MODE RxD RESET
NOTES: 1: No need to connect an oscillation circuit when operating with on-chip oscillator clock.
Vss -->Vcc
CNVss
Package: PLQP0032GB-A (32P6U-A)
Figure 17.13 Pin Connections for Standard Serial I/O Mode
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 184 of 205
R8C/13 Group
17.5 Standard Serial I/O Mode
* Example of Circuit Application in the Standard Serial I/O Mode Figures 17.14 and 17.15 show examples of circuit application in standard serial I/O mode 1 and mode 2, respectively. Refer to the serial programmer manual of your programmer to handle pins controlled by the programmer.
Microcomputer MODE I/O CNVss input Data output Data input MODE CNVss TxD RxD
Reset input User reset signal
RESET
(1) Control pins and external circuitry will vary according to programmer. For more information, see the programmer manual. (2) In this example, modes are switched between single-chip mode and standard serial input/output mode by connecting a programmer. (3) When operating with on-chip oscillator clock, connecting the oscillation circuit is not necessary. Refer to "Appendix figure 2.1 Connecting Examples with USB Flash Writer (M3A-0665)".
Figure 17.14 Circuit Application in Standard Serial I/O Mode 1
Microcomputer CNVss Data output TxD
Data input
RxD MODE
(1) In this example, modes are switched between single-chip mode and standard serial I/O mode by controlling the MODE input with a switch. (2) Connecting the oscillation is necessary. Set the main clock frequency 1MHz to 20 MHz. Refer to "Appendix 2.2 Connecting examples with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806)".
Figure 17.15 Circuit Application in Standard Serial I/O Mode 2
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 185 of 205
R8C/13 Group
18. On-chip Debugger
18. On-chip debugger
The microcomputer has functions to execute the on-chip debugger. Refer to "Appendix 2 Connecting examples for serial writer and on-chip debugging emulator". Refer to the respective on-chip debugger manual for the details of the on-chip debugger. Next, here are some explanations for the respective functions. Debugging the user system which uses these functions is not available. When using the onchip debugger, design the system without using these functions in advance. Additionally, the on-chip debugger uses the address 0C00016 to 0C7FF16 of the flash memory, thus avoid using for the user system.
18.1 Address match interrupt
The interrupt request is generated right before the arbitrary address instruction is executed. The debugger break function uses the address match interrupt. Refer to "10.4 Address match interrupt" for the details of the address match interrupt. Also, avoid setting the address match interrupt (the registers of AIER, RMAD0, RMAD1 and the fixed vector tables) with using the user system when using the on-chip debugger.
18.2 Single step interrupt
The interrupt request is generated every time one instruction is executed. The debugger single step function uses the single step interrupt. The other interrupt is not generated when using the single step interrupt. The single step interrupt is only for the developed support tool.
18.3 UART1
The UART1 is used for the communication with the debugger (or the personal computer). Refer to "13. Serial Interface" for the details of UART1. Also, avoid using the UART1 and the functions (P00/AN7 and P37) which share the UART1 pins.
18.4 BRK instruction
The BRK interrupt request is generated. Refer to "10.1 Interrupt overview" and "R8C/Tiny series software manual". Also, avoid using the BRK instruction with using the user system when using the on-chip debugger.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 186 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
19. Usage Notes
19.1 Stop Mode and Wait Mode
19.1.1 Stop Mode When entering stop mode, set the CM10 bit to "1" (stop mode) after setting the FMR01 bit to "0" (CPU rewrite mode disabled). The instruction queue pre-reads 4 bytes from the instruction which sets the CM10 bit in the CM1 register to "1" (stop mode) and the program stops. Insert at least 4 NOP instructions after inserting the JMP.B instruction immediately after the instruction which sets the CM10 bit to "1". Use the next program to enter stop mode. * Program of entering stop mode BCLR BSET BSET JMP.B LABEL_001: NOP NOP NOP NOP 19.1.2 Wait Mode When entering wait mode, execute the WAIT instruction after setting the FMR01 bit to "0" (CPU rewrite mode disabled). The instruction queue pre-reads 4 bytes from the WAIT instruction and the program stops. Insert at least 4 NOP instructions after the WAIT instruction. Also, the value in the specific internal RAM area may be rewritten when exiting wait mode if writing to the interna RAM area before executing the WAIT instruction and entering wait mode. The area for a maximum of 3 bytes is rewirtten from the following address of the internal RAM in which the writing is performed before the WAIT instruction. If this causes a problem, avoid by inserting the JMP.B instruction between the writing instruction to the internal RAM area and WAIT instruction as shown in the following program example. * Example to execute WAIT instruction Program Example MOV.B #055h,0601h ; Write to internal RAM area *** JMP.B LABEL_001 LABEL_001 : FSET I ; Interrupt enabled BCLR 1,FMR0 ; CPU rewrite mode disabled WAIT ; Wait mode NOP NOP NOP NOP When accessing any area other than the internal RAM area between the writing instruction to the internal RAM area and execution of the WAIT instruction, this situation will not occur.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 187 of 205
1, FMR0 ; CPU rewrite mode disabled 0, PRCR ; Protect exited 0, CM1 ; Stop mode LABEL_001
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
19.2 Interrupt
19.2.1 Reading Address 0000016 Do not read the address 0000016 by a program. When a maskable interrupt request is acknowledged, the CPU reads interrupt information (interrupt number and interrupt request level) from 0000016 in the interrupt sequence. At this time, the acknowledged interrupt IR bit is set to "0". If the address 0000016 is read by a program, the IR bit for the interrupt which has the highest priority among the enabled interrupts is set to "0". This may cause a problem that the interrupt is canceled, or an unexpected interrupt is generated. 19.2.2 SP Setting Set any value in the SP before an interrupt is acknowledged. The SP is set to "000016" after reset. Therefore, if an interrupt is acknowledged before setting any value in the SP, the program may run out of control. 19.2.3 External Interrupt and Key Input Interrupt
________
Either an "L" level or an "H" level of at least 250ns width is necessary for the signal input to the INT0 to ________ _____ _____ INT3 pins and KI0 to KI3 pins regardless of the CPU clock. 19.2.4 Watchdog Timer Interrupt Reset the watchdog timer after a watchdog timer interrupt is generated.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 188 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
19.2.5 Changing Interrupt Factor The IR bit in the interrupt control register may be set to "1" (interrupt requested) when the interrupt factor is changed. When using an interrupt, set the IR bit to "0" (interrupt not request) after changing the interrupt factor. In addition, the changes of interrupt factors include all elements that change the interrupt factors assigned to individual software interrupt numbers, polarities, and timing. Therefore, when a mode change of the peripheral functions involves interrupt factors, edge polarities, and timing, set the IR bit to "0" (interrupt not requested) after the change. Refer to each peripheral function for the interrupts caused by the peripheral functions. Figure 19.1 shows an Example of Procedure for Changing Interrupt Factor.
Interrupt factor change
Disable Interrupt(2, 3)
Change interrupt factor (including mode of peripheral functions) Set IR bit to "0" (interrupt not requested) using MOV instruction(3)
Enable interrupt(2, 3)
Change completed * IR bit: The interrupt control register bit of an interrupt whose factor is changed NOTES: 1. Execute the above setting individually. Do not execute two or more settings at once (by one instruction). 2. Use the I flag for the INTi (i=0 to 3) interrupt. To prevent interrupt requests from being generated when using peripheral function interrupts other than the INTi interrupt factor. In this case, use the I flag when all maskable interrupts can be disabled. When all maskable interrupts cannot be disabled, use the ILVL0 to ILVL2 bits of the interrupt whose factor is changed. 3. Refer to "19.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Register" for the instructions to be used and their usage notes.
Figure 19.1 Example of Procedure for Changing Interrupt Factor
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 189 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
19.2.6 Changing Interrupt Control Register (1) Each interrupt control register can only be changed while interrupt requests corresponding to that register are not generated. If interrupt requests may be generated, disable the interrupts before changing the interrupt control register. (2) When changing any interrupt control register after disabling interrupts, be careful with the instruction to be used. When Changing Any Bit Other Than IR Bit If an interrupt request corresponding to that register is generated while executing the instruction, the IR bit may not be set to "1" (interrupt requested), and the interrupt request may be ignored. If this causes a problem, use the following instructions to change the register. Instructions to use: AND, OR, BCLR, BSET When Changing IR Bit If the IR bit is set to "0" (interrupt not requested), it may not be set to "0" depending on the instruction used. Use the MOV instruction to set the IR bit to "0". (3) When disabling interrupts using the I flag, set the I flag according to the following sample programs. Refer to (2) for the change of interrupt control registers in the sample programs. Sample programs 1 to 3 are preventing the I flag from being set to "1" (interrupt enabled) before writing to the interrupt control registers for reasons of the internal bus or the instruction queue buffer.
Example 1: Use NOP instructions to prevent I flag being set to "1" before interrupt control register is changed
INT_SWITCH1: FCLR I ; Disable interrupts AND.B #00H, 0056H ; Set TXIC register to "0016" NOP NOP FSET I ; Enable interrupts
Example 2: Use dummy read to have FSET instruction wait
INT_SWITCH2: FCLR I AND.B #00H, 0056H MOV.W MEM, R0 FSET I ; Disable interrupts ; Set TXIC register to "0016" ; Dummy read ; Enable interrupts
Example 3: Use POPC instruction to change I flag
INT_SWITCH3: PUSHC FLG FCLR I ; Disable interrupts AND.B #00H, 0056H ; Set TXIC register to "0016" POPC FLG ; Enable interrupts
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 190 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
19.3 Clock Generation Circuit
19.3.1 Oscillation Stop Detection Function Since the oscillation stop detection function cannot be used if the main clock frequency is below 2MHz, set the OCD1 to OCD0 bits to "002" (oscillation stop detection function disabled). 19.3.2 Oscillation Circuit Constants Ask the maker of the oscillator to specify the best oscillation circuit constants on your system.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 191 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
19.4 Timers
19.4.1 Timers X, Y and Z (1) Timers X, Y and Z stop counting after reset. Therefore, a value must be set to these timers and prescalers before starting counting. (2) Even if the prescalers and timers are read out simultaneously in 16-bit units, these registers are read byte-by-byte in the microcomputer. Consequently, the timer value may be updated during the period these two registers are being read. 19.4.2 Timer X (1) Do not rewrite the TXMOD0 to TXMOD1 bits, the TXMOD2 bit and TXS bit simultaneously. (2) In pulse period measurement mode, the TXEDG bit and TXUND bit in the TXMR register can be set to "0" by writing "0" to these bits in a program. However, these bits remain unchanged when "1" is written. To set one flag to "0" in a program, write "1" to the other flag by using the MOV instruction. (This prevents any unintended changes of flag.) Example (when setting TXEDG bit to "0"): MOV.B #10XXXXXXB,008BH (3) When changing to pulse period measurement mode from other mode, the contents of the TXEDG bit and TXUND bit are indeterminate. Write "0" to the TXEDG bit and TXUND bit before starting counting. (4) The prescaler X underflow which is generated for the first time after the count start may cause that the TXEDG bit is set to "1". When using the pulse period measurement mode, leave more than two periods of the prescaler X right after count starts and set the TXEDG bit to "0". 19.4.3 Timer Y (1) Do not rewrite the TYMOD0 and TYS bits simultaneously. 19.4.4 Timer Z (1) Do not rewrite the TZMOD0 to TZMOD1 bits and the TZS bit simultaneously. (2) In programmable one-shot generation mode and programmable wait one-shot generation mode, when setting the TZS bit in the TC register to "0" (stops counting) or setting the TZOS bit in the TZOC register to "0" (stops one-shot), the timer reloads the value of reload register and stops. Therefore, the timer count value should be read out in programmable one-shot generation mode and programmable wait one-shot generation mode before the timer stops. 19.4.5 Timer C (1) Access the TC, TM0 and TM1 registers in 16-bit units. This prevents the timer value from being updated between the low-order byte and high-order byte are being read. Example (when Timer C is read): MOV.W 0090H,R0 ; Read out timer C
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 192 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
19.5 Serial Interface
(1) When reading data from the UiRB (i=0,1) register even in the clock asynchronous serial I/O mode or in the clock synchronous serial I/O mode. Be sure to read data in 16-bit unit. When the high-byte of the UiRB register is read, the PER and FER bits of the UiRB register and the RI bit of the UiC1 register are set to "0". Example (when reading receive buffer register): MOV.W 00A6H, R0 ; Read the U0RB register (2) When writing data to the UiTB register in the clock asynchronous serial I/O mode with 9-bit transfer data length, data should be written high-byte first then low-byte in 8-bit unit. Example (when reading transmit buffer register): MOV.B #XXH, 00A3H ; Write the high-byte of U0TB register MOV.B #XXH, 00A2H ; Write the low-byte of U0TB register
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 193 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
19.6 A/D Converter
(1) When writing to each bit but except bit 6 in the ADCON0 register, each bit in the ADCON1 register, or the SMP bit in the ADCON2 register, A/D conversion must be stopped (before a trigger occurs). When the VCUT bit in the ADCON1 register is changed from "0" (VREF not connected) to "1" (VREF connected), wait at least 1 s before starting A/D conversion. (2) When changing AD operation mode, select an analog input pin again. (3) In one-shot mode, A/D conversion must be completed before reading the AD register. The IR bit in the ADIC register or the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register can indicates whether the A/D conversion is completed or not. (4) In repeat mode, the undivided main clock must be used for the CPU clock. (5) If A/D conversion is forcibly terminated while in progress by setting the ADST bit in the ADCON0 register to "0" (A/D conversion halted), the conversion result of the A/D converter is indeterminate. If the ADST bit is set to "0" in a program, ignore the value of AD register. (6) A 0.1 F capacitor should be connected between the AVcc/VREF pin and AVss pin.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 194 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
19.7 Flash Memory Version
19.7.1 CPU Rewrite Mode q Operation Speed Before entering CPU rewrite mode (EW0 mode), select 5MHz or below for the CPU clock using the CM06 bit in the CM0 register and the CM16 to CM17 bits in the CM1 register. This usage note is not needed for EW1 mode. q Instructions Diabled Against Use The following instructions cannot be used in EW0 mode because the flash memory internal data is referenced: UND, INTO and BRK instructions. q How to Access Write "0" to the corresponding bits before writing "1" when setting the FMR01, FMR02, and FMR11 bits to "1". Do not generate an interrupt between writing "0" and "1". q Rewriting User ROM Area In EW0 mode, if the power supply voltage drops while rewriting any block in which the rewrite control program is stored, the flash memory may not be able to be rewritten because the rewrite control program cannot be rewritten correctly. In this case, use stnadard serial I/O mode. q Reset Flash Memory Since the CPU stops and cannot return when setting the FMSTP bit in the FMR0 register to "1" (flash memory stops) during erase suspend in EW1 mode, do not set the FMSTP bit to "1". q Entering Stop Mode or Wait Mode Do not enter stop mode or wait mode during erase-suspend.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 195 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
q Interrupt Table 19.1 list the Interrupt in EW0 Mode and Table 19.2 lists the Interrupt in EW1 Mode.
Table 19.1 Interrupt in EW0 Mode Mode Status When maskable interrupt request is acknowledged Any interrupt can be used by allocating a vector to RAM
When watchdog timer, oscillation stop detection, and voltage detection interrupt request are acknowledged
EW0
During automatic erasing
Automatic writing
Once an interrupt request is acknowledged, the autoprogramming or auto-erasing is forcibly stoped and resets the flash memory. An interrupt process starts after the fixed period and the flash memory restarts. Since the block during the auto-erasing or the address during the auto-programming is forcibly stopped, the normal value may not be read. Execute the auto-erasing again and ensure the auto-erasing is completed normally. Since the watchdog timer does not stop during the command operation, the interrupt request may be generated. Reset the watchdogi timer regularly.
NOTES: 1. Do not use the address match interrupt while the command is executed because the vector of the address match interrupt is allocated on ROM. 2. Do not use the non-maskable interrupt while Block 0 is automatically erased because the fixed bector is allocated Block 0.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 196 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
Table 19.2 Interrupt in EW1 Mode Mode EW1 Status During automatic erasing (erase-suspend function is enabled) When maskable interrupt request is acknowledged The auto-erasing is suspended and the interrupt process is executed. The autoerasing can be restarted by setting the FMR41 bit in the FMR4 register to "0" (erase restart) after the interrupt process completes The auto-erasing has a priority and the interrupt request acknowledgement is waited. The interrupt process is executed after the auto-erasing completes The auto-programming has a priority and the interrupt request acknowledgement is waited. The interrupt process is executed after the autoprogramming completes
When watchdog timer, oscillation stop detection and voltage detection interrupt request area acknowledged
During automatic erasing (erase-suspend function is disabled) Auto programming
Once an interrupt request is acknowledged, the auto-programming or auto-erasing is forcibly stopped and resets the flash memory. An interrupt process starts after the fixed period and the flash memory restarts. Since the block during the auto-erasing or the address during the auto-programming is forcibly stopped, the normal value may not be read. Execute the auto-erasing again and ensure the auto-erasing is competed normally. Since the watchdog timer does not stop during the command operation, the interrupt request may be generated. Reset the watchdog timer regularly using the erase-suspend function.
NOTES: 1. Do not use the address match interrupt while the command is executed because the vector of the address match interrupt is allocated on ROM. 2. Do not use the non-maskable interrupt while Block 0 is automatically erased because the fixed bector is allocated Block 0.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 197 of 205
R8C/13 Group
19. Usage Notes
19.8 Noise
(1) Bypass Capacitor between VCC and VSS Pins Insert a bypass capacitor (at least 0.1 F) between VCC and VSS pins as the countermeasures against noise and latch-up. The connecting wires must be the shortest and widest possible. (2) Port Control Registers Data Read Error During severe noise testing, mainly power supply system noise, and introduction of external noise, the data of port related registers may changed. As a firmware countermeasure, it is recommended to periodically reset the port registers, port direction registers and pull-up control registers. However, you should fully examine before introducing the reset routine as conflicts may be created between this reset routine and interrupt routines (i. e. ports are switched during interrupts). (3) CNVss Pin Wiring In order to improve the pin tolerance to noise, insert a pull down resistance (about 5 k) between CNVss and Vss, and placed as close as possible to the CNVss pin.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 198 of 205
R8C/13 Group
20. Usage Notes for On-chip Debugger
20. Usage notes for on-chip debugger
When using the on-chip debugger to develop the R8C/13 group program and debug, pay the following attention. (1) Do not use P00/AN7/TxD11 pin and P37/TxD10/RxD1 pin. (2) When write in the PD3 register (00E716 address), set bit 7 to "0". (3) Do not access the related serial interface 1 register. (4) Do not use from OC00016 address to OC7FF16 address because the on-chip debugger uses these addresses. (5) Do not set the address match interrupt (the registers of AIER, RMAD0, RMAD1 and the fixed vector tables) in a user system. (6) Do not use the BRK instruction in a user system. (7) Do not set the b5 to "0" by a user program since the on-chip debugger uses after setting the b5 in the FMR0 register to "1". (8) The stack pointer with up to 8 bytes is used during the user program break. Therefore, save space of 8 bytes for the stack area. Connecting and using the on-chip debugger has some peculiar restrictions. Refer to each on-chip debugger manual for on-chip debugger details.
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 199 of 205
R8C/13 Group
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions
Appendix 1. Package Dimensions
JEITA Package Code P-LQFP32-7x7-0.80 RENESAS Code PLQP0032GB-A Previous Code 32P6U-A MASS[Typ.] 0.2g
HD *1
D
24
17 NOTE) 1. DIMENSIONS "*1" AND "*2" DO NOT INCLUDE MOLD FLASH. 2. DIMENSION "*3" DOES NOT INCLUDE TRIM OFFSET. bp b1
25
16
HE
E
c1
*2
c
Reference Symbol
Dimension in Millimeters
Terminal cross section 32
1 ZD Index mark
8
ZE
9
A2
A
F
A1
L L1
D E A2 HD HE A A1 bp b1 c c1 e x y ZD ZE L L1
y e
*3
Detail F bp x
Min Nom Max 6.9 7.0 7.1 6.9 7.0 7.1 1.4 8.8 9.0 9.2 8.8 9.0 9.2 1.7 0.1 0.2 0 0.32 0.37 0.42 0.35 0.09 0.145 0.20 0.125 0 8 0.8 0.20 0.10 0.7 0.7 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 200 of 205
c
R8C/13 Group
Appendix 2. Connecting Examples for Serial Writer and On-chip Debugging Emulator
Appendix 2. Connecting examples for serial writer and on-chip debugging emulator
Appendix figure 2.1 shows connecting examples with USB Flash Writer and appendix figure 2.2 shows connecting examples with M16C Flash Starter.
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
33 k MODE
25 26 27 28 29 30
R8C/13
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
Vss
TxD
10 TxD
31 32 1 2345678
Vcc
8
RESET
7 Vss 3 CNVss 1 Vcc
4 RxD MODE 2
Connect oscillator circuit(1)
USB Flash Writer (M3A-0665)
RxD
User reset signal
CNVss
NOTES: 1: No need to connect an oscillation circuit when operating with on-chip oscillator clock.
Appendix figure 2.1 Connecting examples with USB Flash Writer (M3A-0665)
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 25 26 27 16 15 14 R8C/13 13 12 11 10 9 1 2345678
MODE
28 29 30 31 32
Vss
TxD
Vcc
10 TxD 7 Vss 4 RxD 1 Vcc
Connet oscillator circuit(1)
M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806)
CNVss
RESET
RxD
NOTES: 1. Need
to connect an oscillation circuit, even when operating with the on-chip oscillator clock.
Appendix figure 2.2 Connecting examples with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806)
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120 page 201 of 205
R8C/13 Group
Appendix 2. Connecting Examples for Serial Writer and On-chip Debugging Emulator
Appendix figure 2.3 shows connecting examples with emulator E7.
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 25 26 27 28 29 30 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 1 2345678
MODE
R8C/13
Vss
TxD
31 32
Vcc
14 12 10 8 Vcc 6 4 2 Vss
13
RESET
11 RxD 7 MODE 5 TxD 1 CNVss
Connect oscillator circuit(1)
Emulator E7 (HS0007TCU01H)
RxD
User reset signal
NOTES: 1: No need to connect an oscillation circuit when operating with on-chip oscillator clock.
Appendix figure 2.3 Connecting examples with emulator E7 (HS0007TCU01H )
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 202 of 205
CNVss
R8C/13 Group
Appendix 3. Package Dimensions
Appendix 3. Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Appendix Figure 3.1 shows the Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit.
0.1F
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 1 2345678
R8C/13 Group
Vss
Vcc
Connect oscillation circuit
NOTES: 1. Set a program before evaluating.
Appendix figure 3.1 Example of Oscillation Evaluation Circuit
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 203 of 205
RESET
R8C/13 Group
Register Index
Register Index
A
AD 127 ADCON0 126, 129, 131 ADCON1 126, 129, 131 ADCON2 127 ADIC 53 AIER 67
P
P0 143 P4 143 PD0 143 PD1 143 PD3 143 PD4 143 PM0 45 PM1 45 PRCR 44 PREX 72 PREY 81 PREZ 89 PUM 82, 84, 86, 90, 92, 94, 96, 99 PUR0 144 PUR1 144
C
CM0 31 CM1 31 CMP0IC 53 CMP1IC 53
D
D4INT 23 DRR 144
F
FMR0 171 FMR1 172 FMR4 172
R
RMAD0 67 RMAD1 67
S
S0RIC 53 S0TIC 53 S1RIC 53 S1TIC 53
H
HR0 33 HR1 33
I
INT0F 60 INT1IC 53 INT2IC 53 INT3IC 53 INTEN 60
T
TC 103 TCC0 65, 103 TCC1 65, 104 TCIC 53 TCOUT 104 TCSS 72, 82, 90 TM0 103 TM1 103 TX 72 TXIC 53 TXMR 62, 71, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78 TYIC 53
K
KIEN 65 KUPIC 53
O
OCD 32 OFS 69
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 204 of 205
R8C/13 Group
Register Index
TYPR 81 TYSC 81 TYZMR 62, 80, 84, 86, 88, 92, 94, 96, 99 TYZOC 81, 89 TZIC 53 TZPR 89 TZSC 89
U
U0BRG 111 U0C0 112 U0C1 113 U0MR 112 U0RB 111 U0TB 111 U1BRG 111 U1C0 112 U1C1 113 U1MR 112 U1RB 111 U1TB 111 UCON 113
V
VCR1 22 VCR2 22
W
WDC 69 WDTR 69 WDTS 69
Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 REJ09B0111-0120
page 205 of 205
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. Date Page 0.10 Nov 05, 2003 - First edition issued 1.00 Sep 10, 2004 all pages 2 5 6 9 10-13 17 21 22 23 24 25 27
R8C/13 Group Hardware Manual
Description Summary
28 29 30 32 39 42 60 62 63 64 65 68 71 74 75 76 78 83 85 88 91 93 95 97 98 102 103 104 105 107 108
Words standardized (on-chip oscillator, serial interface, A/D ) Table 1.1 revised Figure 1.3, NOTES 3 added Table 1.3 revised Figure 3.1, NOTES added One body sentence in chapter 4 added ; Titles of Table4.1 to 4.4 added Table 4.3 revised ; Table 4.4 revised In 5.1.2, body sentences added Figure 5.8 revised Figure 5.9 revised Figure 5.10 revised Figure 5.11 revised Figure 5.12 revised Line 10 in 5.4.1 revised Line 5 in 5.4.2 revised one sentence in 5.4.2 deleted Table 5.3 revised Table 6.1 revised Figure 6.1 revised Figure 6.2 revised (CM0 and CM1) Figure 6.4 revised (HR0) _______ In 6.4.3, INT3 interrupt added One sentence in "Pin Status in Stop Mode" added One sentence in 6.5.1 moves to Chapter 19 One body sentence in 10.2.1 added One body sentence in 10.2.3 added One body sentence in 10.2.4 added Figure 10.14 revised (TCC1) Figure 10.15 revised Figure 11.1 revised Line 4 in 12.1 revised Table 12.3 revised Table 12.4 revised Figure 12.7 revised Table 12.6 revised ; Figure 12.9 revised Table 12.7 revised Table 12.8 revised, NOTES revised 5 line in 12.3 revised ; Figure 12.18 revised Table 12.9 revised Table 12.10 revised, NOTES revised Table 12.11 revised, NOTES revised Figure 12.25 revised Table 12.12 revised, NOTES revised Figure 12.30 revised Figure 12.31 revised (TM1 and TCC0) Figure 12.32 revised (TCC1 and TCOUT) Table 12.13 revised Table 12.14 revised Figure 12.34 revised
C-1
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. Date Page 1.00 Sep 10, 2004 110 118 122 132 133 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 149 150 151 153 157 158 159 160 162 163 165 166 168
175-186
R8C/13 Group Hardware Manual
Description Summary
187 191
192-193
Figure 13.2 revised 13.1.3 revised Figure 13.10 revised Figure numbers in 15.1.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3 and 15.1.4 revised Figure 15.1 revised (P10 to P12) Table 15.1 revised Table 16.2 revised Table 16.3 revised Table 16.4 and 16.5 revised Table 16.6, 16.7 and 16.8 revised ; Figure 16.3 revised Table 16.9 and 16.11 revised Table 16.12 revised Table 16.13 revised Table 16.18 revised Table 16.19 revised Table 16.20 and 16.24 revised Table 17.1 "Number of program and erasure" revised (1,000 times) Line 2 and 8 in 17.4.2 revised Figure number in FMSTP bit revised ; FMR16 bit revised Figure 17.3 revised Figure 17.4 revised (FMR4) Figure 17.7 revisedd ; Figure title revised Table 17.4 revised Figure 17.9 revised Figure 17.10 revised Table 17.6 revised Compositions in Chapter 19 modified ; 19.3 added ; 19.4.5 revised ; 19.7 revised (7) in Chapter 20 added Appendix 3 added Page numbers in Register Index revised Table 1.2, Figure 1.2 package name revised Figure 1.3 package name revised Table 4.1 revised Table 4.3 revised 5.1.1 partly revised Figure 5.2 partly revised Figure 5.6 partly added 5.4 partly revised Figure 5.8 partly revised Table 6.1 partly added Figure 6.2 partly revised Figure 6.3 partly revised Figure 6.4 partly deleted 6.1 partly revised 6.3.1 partly deleted 6.4.1 partly revised Table 6.2 partly revised Figure 6.6 revised Figure 6.7 deleted 6.5 partly deleted
1.10 Apr.27.2005
4 5 10 12 14 15 19 21 22 29 31 32 33 34 36 37 38 41 42
C-2
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. Date Page 1.10 Apr.27.2005 42 69 78 95 98 103 120 123 132 133 134 136 137 138 139 143-148 149 151 152 153 154 158 163 165 170 173 175 181 183 188 189 191 192 196 197 1.20 Jan.27.2006 2 3 4
R8C/13 Group Hardware Manual
Description Summary
Table 6.4 partly deleted 6.5.1 partly revised Figure 11.2 partly revised Figure 12.9 partly revised Table 12.11 partly revised Table 12.12 partly revised Figure 12.31 partly revised Table 13.6 partly revised 13.2.3 Bit Rate added Figure 14.6 partly revised 14.4 added 14.5 added 14.6 added Figure 15.1 revised Figure 15.2 revised Figure 15.3 revised Figure 15.4 revised 15.2 added Table15.24 partly revised Figure 15.10 added Table 16.3 partly revised Table 16.4, Table 16.5 partly added Table 16.7, 16.8 revised Table 16.10 partly revised Table 16.11 partly revised Table 16.18 partly revised Figure 17.1 revised Table 17.3 partly added Figure 17.5 added *Program Command partly revised Figure 17.11 partly added Figure 17.13 package name revised 18.1 partly revised 19.3.2 added 19.4.4 partly revised 19.6 partly revised 19.7.1 partly added 20 partly revised Package Dimensions revised Table 1.1 Performance outline revised Figure 1.1 Block diagram partly revised 1.4 Product Information, title of Table 1.2 "Product List" "Product Informaton" revised ROM capacity; "Program area" "Program ROM", "Data area" "Data flash" revised Figure 1.2 Type No., Memory Size, and Package partly revised Table 1.3 Pin description Timer C revised 2 Central Processing Unit (CPU) revised Figure 2.1 CPU register revised
6 7-8
C-3
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. Date Page 1.20 Jan.27.2006 9 10 11 12
R8C/13 Group Hardware Manual
Description Summary
13 15 18 29
32 35
38 42 46
51 59 71 74 88 102 107 108 111
112 113 120 125 135 138
3 Memory, Figure 3.1 Memory Map; "Program area" "Program ROM", "Data area" "Data flash" revised Table 4.1 SFR Information(1) NOTES:1 revised Table 4.2 SFR Information(2) NOTES:1 revised Table 4.3 SFR Information(3); 008116: "Prescaler Y" "Prescaler Y Register" 008216: "Timer Y Secondary" "Timer Y Secondary Register" 008316: "Timer Y Primary" "Timer Y Primary Register" 008516: "Prescaler Z" "Prescaler Z Register" 008616: "Timer Z Secondary" "Timer Z Secondary Register" 008716: "Timer Z Primary" "Timer Z Primary Register" 008C16: "Prescaler X" "Prescaler X Register" revised NOTES:1, 2 revised Table 4.4 SFR Information(4) NOTES:1 revised Figure 5.2 Reset Sequence; "72cycles" "64cycles" revised 5.1.3 Power-on Reset Function revised 6 Clock Generation Circuit; "(oscillation stop detect function)" "(oscillation stop detection function)" revised Table 6.1 Clock Generation Circuit Specifications NOTES: 2 deleted Figure 6.3 OCD Register NOTES: 3 partly deleted 6.2.1 Low-Speed On-Chip Oscillator Clock; "The application products ... to accommodate the frequency range." "The application products ... for the frequency change." revised Table 6.2 Setting Clock Related Bit and Modes CM13 added 6.5.1 How to Use Oscillation Stop Detection Function: "This function cannot ... is below 2 MHz." added Table 9.1 Bus Cycles for Access Space, Table 9.2 Access Unit and Bus Operation; "SFR" "SFR, Data flash", ROM/RAM" "Program ROM/RAM" revised Table 10.2 Relocatable Vector Tables; "A/D" "A/D Conversion" revised Figure 10.9 Interrupts Priority Select Circuit NOTES: 1 deleted Figure 12.1 Timer X Block Diagram; "Peripheral data bus" "Data bus" revised Table 12.3 Pulse Output Mode Specifications NOTES: 1 added Figure 12.18 Timer Z Block Diagram; "Peripheral data bus" "Data bus" revised Figure 12.30 CMP Waveform Output Unit revised Table 12.14 Output Compare Mode Specifications NOTES: 2 revised Figure 12.34 Operation Example of Timer C in Output Compare Mode revised Figure 13.3 U0TB to U1TB Registers, U0RB and U1RB Registers, and U0BRG and U1BRG Registers; UARTi transmit buffer register (i=0, 1) revised UARTi bit rate register (i=0, 1); NOTES: 3 added Figure 13.4 U0MR to U1MR Registers and U0C0 and U1C0 Registers; UARTi transmit/receive control register 0 (i=0, 1); NOTES: 1 added Figure 13.5 U0C1 and U1C1 Registers and UCON Register; UART transmit/receive control register 2; NOTES: 2 added Table 13.5 Registers to Be Used and Settings in UART Mode; UiBRG: "-" "0 to 7" revised Figure 14.1 A/D Converter Block Diagram "Vref" "Vcom" revised 14.7 Output Impedance of Sensor under A/D Conversion added Figure 15.1 Programmable I/O Ports (1); NOTES: 1 added
C-4
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. Date Page 1.20 Jan.27.2006 139 140 141 142 146 147
R8C/13 Group Hardware Manual
Description Summary
149
150
152 153
154
155
156 157
158
161 162
Figure 15.2 Programmable I/O Ports (2); NOTES: 1 added Figure 15.3 Programmable I/O Ports (3); NOTES: 1 added Figure 15.4 Programmable I/O Ports (4); NOTES: 1 added Figure 15.5 Programmable I/O Ports (5); NOTES: 3 added Table 15.9 Port P10/KI0/AN8/CMP00 Setting; Setting value: Output port, P1 deleted Table 15.10 Port P11/KI1/AN9/CMP01 Setting; Setting value: Output port, P1 deleted Table 15.11 Port P12/KI2/AN10/CMP02 Setting; Setting value: Output____________ deleted port, P1 Table 15.17 Port P30/CNTR0/CMP10 Setting; P3 deleted Table 15.18 Port P31/TZOUT/CMP11 Setting; P3 deleted _______ Table 15.19 Port P32/INT2/CNTR1/CMP12 Setting; P3 deleted _______ Table 15.20 Port P33/INT3/TCIN Setting; Bit: "PD3_1" "PD3_3" _______ Table 15.22 Port P45/INT0 Setting; Bit: "PD3_3" "PD4_5" Table 15.23 Port XIN/P46, XOUT/P47 Setting; Setting value: External input to XIN pin, "H" output from XOUT pin; CM1: "1" "0", CM0: "0" "1", Feedback resistance: "OFF" "ON" Table 16.2 Recommended Operating Conditions; NOTES: 1, 2, 3 revised Table 16.3 A/D Conversion Characteristics; "A/D operation clock frequency" "A/D operating clock frequency" revised NOTES: 1, 2, 3, 4 revised Table 16.4 Flash Memory (Program ROM) Electrical Characteristics; "Data retention duration" "Data hold time" revised "Topr" "Ambient temperature" revised NOTES: 1 to 7 added Measuring condition of byte program time and block erase time deleted Table 16.5 Flash Memory (Data flash Block A, Block B) Electrical characteristics "Data retention duration" "Data hold time" revised "Topr" "Ambient temperature" revised NOTES: 1, 3 revised, NOTES: 9 added Measuring condition of byte program time and block erase time deleted Table 16.7 Reset Circuit Electrical Characteristics (When Using Hardware Reset 2) NOTES: 3 (Vpor1) added Table 16.9 High-speed On-Chip Oscillator Circuit Electrical Characteristics; "High-speed on-chip oscillator temperature dependence" "High-speed on-chip oscillator frequency temperature dependence" revised Table 16.11 Electrical Characteristics (1) [VCC=5V]; "P10 to P17 Except XOUT" "Except P10 to P17, XOUT" revised Table 16.12 Electrical Characteristics (2) [VCC=5V]; NOTES: 1, 2 revised Measuring condition: Stop mode "Topr=25 C" added Table 16.18 Electrical Characteristics (3) [VCC=3V] "P10 to P17 Except XOUT" "Except P10 to P17, XOUT" revised Table 16.19 Electrical Characteristics (4) [VCC=3V]; NOTES: 1, 2 revised Measuring condition: Stop mode "Topr=25 C" added
C-5
REVISION HISTORY
Rev. Date Page 1.20 Jan.27.2006 166
R8C/13 Group Hardware Manual
Description Summary
171 172
178
181 183 187
191
201
17.2 Memory Map; "The user ROM ... Block B, in...area which ..." "The user ROM ... Block B (data flash), in...area (program ROM) which ..." revised Figure 17.1 Flash Memory Block Diagram revised Figure 17.3 FMR0 Register; NOTES: 7 added Figure 17.4 FMR1 Register and FMR4 Register; Flash memory control register 4 NOTES: 2 "Other than this period, this bit is set to "0 "." revised Figure 17.11 Block Erase Flow Chart (When Using Erase-suspend Function); "Write `D016' to the uppermost block address" "Write `D016' to the any block address" revised Figure 17.12 Full Status Check and Handling Procedure for Each Error revised Table 17.7 Pin Functions (Flash Memory Standard Serial I/O Mode); ____________ RESET: revised 19.1.1 Stop Mode; "Use the next program to enter stop mode." added "* Example of entering stop mode" "* Program of entering stop mode" revised "Program Example" deleted 19.3.1 Oscillation Stop Detection Function "Since the oscillation stop ... is 2 MHz or below, ..." "Since the oscillation stop ... is below 2 MHz, ..." revised Appendix figure 2.2 Connecting examples with M16C Flash Starter (M3A-0806); NOTES: 1 revised Pulled up added
C-6
RENESAS 16-BIT SINGLE-CHIP MICROCOMPUTER HARDWARE MANUAL R8C/13 Group Rev.0.10 Nov 05, 2003 Rev.1.20 Jan 27, 2006 Published by : Sales Strategic Planning Div. Renesas Technology Corp.
(c) 2006. Renesas Technology Corp., All rights reserved. Printed in Japan.
Publication Data :
R8C/13Group Hardware Manual
2-6-2, Ote-machi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 100-0004, Japan

▲Up To Search▲

Price & Availability of R5F21132DFP

	To Download R5F21132DFP Datasheet File
If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader .